FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORP
10-K, 1998-03-31
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: LESLIE BUILDING PRODUCTS INC, 10-K405, 1998-03-31
Next: SCOTSMAN HOLDINGS INC, 10-K, 1998-03-31






                                  UNITED STATES

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended DECEMBER 31, 1997

                        Commission file number 000-24272

                         FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          DELAWARE                                      11-3209278
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

               144-51 NORTHERN BOULEVARD, FLUSHING, NEW YORK 11354
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                                 (718) 961-5400
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  COMMON  STOCK $0.01
PAR VALUE.

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  X Yes    No
                                          ---         ---
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K (ss.229.405 of thiS chapter) is not contained herein,  and
will not be  contained,  to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive
proxy or information  statements  incorporated  by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

     As of January 31, 1998, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held
by non-affiliates  of the registrant was  $165,089,000.  This figure is based on
the closing price on the Nasdaq National Market for a share of the  registrant's
Common  Stock,  $0.01 par value,  on January 30 1998,  the last  trading date in
January 1998, which was $22.938.

     The number of shares of the  registrant's  Common Stock  outstanding  as of
January 31, 1998 was 7,826,120 shares.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of the  Company's  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the year ended
December 31, 1997 are incorporated  herein by reference in Part II, and portions
of  the  Company's   definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders to be held on May 20, 1998 are incorporated  herein by reference in
Part III.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

                                     PART I

Item 1.      Business.......................................................   1
             General .......................................................   1
             Market Area and Competition....................................   2
             Lending Activities.............................................   3
                 Loan Portfolio Composition.................................   3
                 Loan Maturity and Repricing................................   7
                 One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending........................   7
                 Home Equity Loans..........................................   9
                 Multi-Family Lending.......................................   9
                 Commercial Real Estate Lending.............................  10
                 Construction Loans.........................................  10
                 Small Business Administration Lending......................  11
                 Consumer and Other Lending.................................  11
                 Loan Approval Procedures and Authority.....................  11
                 Loan Concentrations........................................  12
                 Loan Servicing.............................................  12
             Asset Quality..................................................  12
                 Loan Collection............................................  12
                 Delinquent Loans and Non-performing Assets.................  14
                 REO........................................................  15
                 Classified and Special Mention Assets......................  16
             Allowance for Loan Losses......................................  17
             Investment Activities..........................................  21
                 General....................................................  21
                 Mortgage-backed securities.................................  22
             Sources of Funds...............................................  25
                 General....................................................  25
                 Deposits...................................................  25
                 Borrowings.................................................  28
             Subsidiary Activities..........................................  29
             Personnel......................................................  30

                                  RISK FACTORS

             Effect of Interest Rates.......................................  31
             Lending Activities.............................................  31
             Local Economic Conditions......................................  32
             Pending Legislation............................................  32
             Legislation and Proposed Changes...............................  33
             Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions...............................  33

                        FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

             Federal Taxation...............................................  34
                 General....................................................  34

                                      (i)

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

                 Bad Debt Reserves..........................................  34
                 Distributions..............................................  35
                 Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax..........................  35
             State and Local Taxation.......................................  35
                 New York State and New York City Taxation..................  35

                                   REGULATION

             General........................................................  37
             Investment Powers..............................................  37
             Real Estate Lending Standards..................................  38
             Loans-to-One Borrower Limits...................................  38
             Insurance of Accounts..........................................  38
             Liquidity Requirements.........................................  40
             Qualified Thrift Lender Test...................................  40
             Transactions with Affiliates...................................  41
             Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions............  41
             Restrictions on Stock Repurchases..............................  42
             Federal Home Loan Bank System..................................  43
             Assessments....................................................  43
             Branching......................................................  43
             Community Reinvestment.........................................  43
             Year 2000 Compliance...........................................  44
             Brokered Deposits..............................................  44
             Capital Requirements...........................................  44
                 General....................................................  44
                 Tangible Capital Requirement...............................  45
                 Core Capital Requirement...................................  45
                 Risk-Based Requirement.....................................  45
             Federal Reserve System.........................................  46
             Financial Reporting............................................  46
             Standards for Safety and Soundness.............................  46
             Prompt Corrective Action.......................................  47
             Pending Legislation............................................  47
             Company Regulation.............................................  48
             Federal Securities Laws........................................  49
Item 2.      Properties.....................................................  50
Item 3.      Legal Proceedings..............................................  50
Item 4.      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............  50

                                     PART II

Item 5.      Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related
             Stockholder Matters............................................  51
Item 6.      Selected Financial Data........................................  51
Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
             Condition and Results of Operations............................  51
Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
             Market Risk....................................................  52
Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data....................  52

                                      (ii)

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
             on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.........................  52

                                    PART III

Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.............  53
Item 11.     Executive Compensation.........................................  53
Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
             and Management.................................................  53
Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................  53

                                     PART IV

Item 14.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports
             on Form 8-K....................................................  54
             (a) 1. Financial Statements....................................  54
                 2. Financial Statement Schedules...........................  54
             (b) Reports on Form 8-K filed during the last quarter
                 of fiscal 1997.............................................  54
             (c) Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange
                 Commission Regulation S-K..................................  54

                                   SIGNATURES
                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

                                     (iii)

<PAGE>

                                     PART I

     Statements  contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relating to plans,
strategies,  economic  performance and trends and other  statements that are not
descriptions of historical facts may be  forward-looking  statements  within the
meaning of Section  27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and  Section  21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Forward  looking  information  is  inherently
subject to risks and  uncertainties,  and actual results could differ materially
from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors,  which include, but
are not limited to, factors  discussed  under the captions  "Business--General",
"Business--Market  Area anD Competition" and "Risk Factors" below, and elsewhere
in this  Form  10-K  and in  other  documents  filed  by the  Company  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  from  time to time.  The  Company  has no
obligation to update these forward-looking statements

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
- --------------------

GENERAL

     Flushing  Financial  Corporation (the "Company") is a Delaware  corporation
organized  in May 1994,  at the  direction  of the Board of Trustees of Flushing
Savings  Bank,  FSB (the "Bank") for the purpose of acquiring and holding all of
the  outstanding  capital  stock of the Bank issued upon its  conversion  from a
federal mutual savings bank to a federal stock savings bank (the  "Conversion").
The  Conversion  was  completed  on November 21, 1995.  In  connection  with the
Conversion,  the Company issued  8,625,000  shares of common stock at a price of
$11.50 per share to the Bank's  eligible  depositors  who subscribed for shares,
and to an employee  benefit trust  established by the Company for the purpose of
holding shares for allocation or  distribution  under certain  employee  benefit
plans of the Company and the Bank (the "Employee  Benefit  Trust").  The Company
realized  net  proceeds of $96.5  million  from the sale of its common stock and
utilized  approximately  $48.3  million of such proceeds to purchase 100% of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of the Bank's common stock.  Flushing  Financial
Corporation's  common  stock is traded on the Nasdaq  National  Market under the
symbol "FFIC".

     The primary  business of the Company is the  operation of its  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  the Bank. In addition to directing,  planning and  coordinating the
business  activities  of  the  Bank,  the  Company  invests  primarily  in  U.S.
government  and  federal  agency  securities,   federal  funds,  mortgage-backed
securities, and investment grade corporate obligations. The Company also holds a
note evidencing a loan that it made to the Employee  Benefit Trust to enable the
Employee  Benefit  Trust to acquire  690,000  shares,  or 8% of the common stock
issued in the Conversion.  The Company has in the past increased  growth through
acquisition  of  financial   institutions   and  branches  of  other   financial
institutions,  and will  pursue  growth  through  acquisitions  that are, or are
expected  to be  within a  reasonable  time-frame,  accretive  to  earnings,  as
opportunities arise. The Company may also organize or acquire, through merger or
otherwise,  other financial  services related  companies.  The activities of the
Company are funded by that  portion of the  proceeds of the sale of common stock
in the  Conversion  that the  Company  was  permitted  by the  Office  of Thrift
Supervision ("OTS") to retain, and earnings thereon,  and by dividends,  if any,
received from the Bank.

     The Company is a unitary  savings and loan holding  company,  which,  under
existing  laws,  is  generally  not  restricted  as to  the  types  of  business
activities  in which it may engage,  provided  that the Bank  continues  to be a
qualified  thrift lender.  Under  regulations of the OTS the Bank is a qualified
thrift lender if its ratio of qualified  thrift  investments to portfolio assets
("QTL  Ratio") is 65% or more,  on a monthly  average  basis in nine of every 12
months. At December 31, 1997, the Bank's QTL Ratio was 92.20%,  and the Bank had
maintained  more  than  65%  of  its  "portfolio  assets"  in  qualified  thrift
investments   in   at   least   nine   of   the   preceding   12   months.   See
"Regulation--Qualified Thrift Lender Test" and "Regulation--Company Regulation."



                                       1
<PAGE>


     The Company  neither  owns nor leases any  property  but  instead  uses the
premises and equipment of the Bank.  At the present  time,  the Company does not
employ any persons  other than  certain  officers of the Bank who do not receive
any extra  compensation  as officers of the  Company.  The Company  utilizes the
support staff of the Bank from time to time, as needed. Additional employees may
be hired as deemed appropriate by the management of the Company.

     Unless  otherwise  disclosed,  the  information  presented in the financial
statements  and this Form 10-K reflect the  financial  condition  and results of
operations of the Company and the Bank on a consolidated  basis. At December 31,
1997 the Company had total assets of $1.1 billion.

     The Bank's  principal  business  is  attracting  retail  deposits  from the
general public and investing  those deposits  together with funds generated from
operations,   primarily  in  (i)  originations  and  purchases  of  multi-family
income-producing    property   loans,   commercial   real   estate   loans   and
one-to-four-family  residential  mortgage  loans;  (ii) mortgage loan surrogates
such as mortgage-backed securities; and (iii) U.S. government and federal agency
securities,  corporate fixed-income  securities and other marketable securities.
To  a  lesser  extent,  the  Bank  originates  certain  other  loans,  including
construction  loans and Small  Business  Administration  loans.  At December 31,
1997,  the Bank had loans  receivable,  net of  allowance  for loan  losses  and
unearned income,  of $598.4 million,  representing  approximately  54.99% of the
Company's  total assets,  and held  mortgage-backed  securities  with a carrying
value of $217.1  million,  representing  approximately  19.95% of the  Company's
total assets.  The Bank's revenues are derived  principally from interest on its
mortgage and other loans and mortgage-backed  securities portfolio, and interest
and  dividends on other  investments  in its  securities  portfolio.  The Bank's
primary  sources  of  funds  are  deposits,  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank-New  York
("FHLB-NY")   borrowings,    principal   and   interest   payments   on   loans,
mortgage-backed and other securities,  proceeds from sales of securities and, to
a lesser extent, proceeds from sales of loans.

     On September 9, 1997,  the Company  acquired New York Federal  Savings Bank
("New York Federal") and merged it with the Bank in a cash transaction valued at
approximately  $13 million.  This  acquisition is  immediately  accretive to the
Company's earnings and is accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
With this purchase,  the Bank acquired $75.1 million in real estate loans,  $2.0
million in Small Business Administration loans and $48.4 million in deposits.

     In  November  of 1997,  the Bank  established  a wholly  owned real  estate
investment trust subsidiary,  Flushing Preferred Funding  Corporation  ("FPFC"),
and  transferred  $256.7 million in real estate loans from the Bank to FPFC. The
assets transferred to FPFC are viewed by regulators as part of the Bank's assets
in  consolidation.  However,  the  establishment  of FPFC provides an additional
vehicle for access by the Company to the capital  markets for future  investment
opportunities.  In  addition,  under  current  law,  all  income  earned by FPFC
distributed to the Bank in the form of a dividend has the effect of reducing the
Company's New York State and New York City income tax expense.

     During the first quarter of 1998, the Bank formed a service  corporation to
market insurance  products and mutual funds.  The insurance  products and mutual
funds sold are products of unrelated  insurance and securities  firms from which
the service  corporation earns a commission.  Management is currently  reviewing
the  profitability  potential  of various  new  products  to further  extend the
Bank's product lines and market.

MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION

     The Bank has been,  and intends to  continue  to be, a  community  oriented
savings  institution  offering a wide variety of financial  services to meet the
needs of the communities it serves.  The Bank is headquartered in Flushing,  New
York,  located in the Borough of Queens.  It currently  operates out of its main
office and six branch offices,  located in the New York City Boroughs of Queens,
Brooklyn and Manhattan, and in Nassau County, New York. Substantially all of the



                                       2
<PAGE>


Bank's  mortgage  loans are secured by  properties  located in the New York City
metropolitan area. During the last three years, the unemployment and real estate
values in the New York City metropolitan area have been relatively stable, which
has favorably  impacted the Bank's asset quality.  See "--Asset  Quality." There
can be no assurance that the stability of these economic factors will continue.

     The Bank faces intense and increasing  competition both in making loans and
in attracting  deposits.  The Bank's market area has a high density of financial
institutions,  many of which have greater financial resources,  name recognition
and market  presence than the Bank, and all of which are competitors of the Bank
to varying degrees.  Particularly intense competition exists for deposits and in
all of the lending activities emphasized by the Bank. The Bank's competition for
loans comes principally from commercial banks, other savings banks,  savings and
loan associations,  mortgage banking  companies,  insurance  companies,  finance
companies  and  credit  unions.  Management  anticipates  that  competition  for
multi-family  loans,   commercial  real  estate  loans  and  one-to-four  family
residential  mortgage  loans will  continue to increase in the future.  Thus, no
assurances  can be given that the Bank will be able to maintain or increase  its
current level of such loans, as contemplated  by management's  current  business
strategy The Bank's most direct  competition for deposits  historically has come
from other savings banks,  commercial  banks,  savings and loan associations and
credit unions. In addition,  the Bank faces increasing  competition for deposits
from  products  offered  by  brokerage  firms,  insurance  companies  and  other
financial  intermediaries,  such as money  market  and  other  mutual  funds and
annuities.  Trends  toward the  consolidation  of the banking  industry  and the
lifting  of  interstate  banking  and  branching  restrictions  may make it more
difficult for smaller,  community-oriented  banks,  such as the Bank, to compete
effectively  with  large,   national,   regional  and   super-regional   banking
institutions.  Notwithstanding  the  intense  competition,  the  Bank  has  been
successful in maintaining its deposit base.

     For a discussion of the Company's  business  strategies,  see "Management's
Discussion    and   Analysis   of   Financial    Condition    and   Results   of
Operations--Management  Strategy," included in the Annual Report of Stockholders
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report"),  incorporated
herein by reference.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

     LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION. The Bank's loan portfolio consists primarily of
conventional  fixed-rate residential mortgage loans and adjustable rate mortgage
("ARM") loans secured by one-to-four family  residences,  mortgage loans secured
by  multi-family   income  producing   properties  or  commercial  real  estate,
construction loans, Small Business  Administration  loans and consumer loans. At
December 31, 1997 the Bank had gross loans outstanding of $606.7 million (before
reserves  and  unearned  income),  of which  $301.3  million,  or  49.66%,  were
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans  (including  $17.5  million of
condominium  loans,  and $6.2 million of home equity loans).  Of the one-to-four
family  residential  loans  outstanding on that date,  67.60% were ARM loans and
32.40% were fixed-rate loans. At December 31, 1997,  multi-family  loans totaled
$230.2 million,  or 37.95% of gross loans,  commercial real estate loans totaled
$68.2 million,  or 11.24%,  construction  loans totaled $2.8 million,  or 0.46%,
Small Business Administration loans totaled $2.8 million, or 0.46%, and consumer
loans totaled $1.4 million, or 0.23% of gross loans.

     The Bank has  traditionally  emphasized the  origination and acquisition of
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans,  which include adjustable rate
mortgage  ("ARM")  loans,  fixed  rate  mortgage  loans and home  equity  loans.
However,  in recent years, the Bank has also placed emphasis on multi-family and
commercial  real estate  loans.  The Bank  expects to continue  its  emphasis on
multi-family  and commercial real estate loans as well as on one-to-four  family
residential  mortgage  loans.  From  December  31,  1996 to December  31,  1997,
one-to-four-family  residential  mortgage  loans  increased  $64.8  million,  or
27.41%,  multi-family loans increased $125.4 million, or 119.54%, and commercial
loans increased $21.5 million, or 46.01%. Fully underwritten  one-to-four family
residential mortgage loans are considered by the banking



                                       3
<PAGE>


industry   to  have  less  risk  than   other   types  of  loans.   Multi-family
income-producing  real estate loans and commercial  real estate loans  generally
have higher yields than one-to-four  family loans and shorter terms to maturity,
but typically  involve higher principal  amounts and generally expose the lender
to greater credit risk than fully  underwritten  one-to-four  family residential
mortgage  loans.  The Bank's strategy to emphasize  multi-family  and commercial
real estate loans can be expected to increase  the overall  level of credit risk
inherent  in the  Bank's  loan  portfolio.  The  greater  risk  associated  with
multi-family  and commercial  real estate loans may require the Bank to increase
its provisions for loan losses and to maintain an allowance for loan losses as a
percentage of total loans in excess of the allowance currently maintained by the
Bank.

     The Bank's  lending  activities  are  subject to federal and state laws and
regulations.  Interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily
by the  demand  for such  loans,  the  supply  of money  available  for  lending
purposes,  the  rate  offered  by the  Bank's  competitors  and,  in the case of
corporate entities, the creditworthiness of the borrower.  Many of those factors
are, in turn,  affected by regional and national  economic  conditions,  and the
fiscal, monetary and tax policies of the federal government.



                                       4
<PAGE>


     The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio
at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            AT DECEMBER 31,
                                        1997                1996                 1995                1994                1993
                                 -----------------   ------------------  -------------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                          PERCENT              PERCENT              PERCENT             PERCENT             PERCENT
                                  AMOUNT  OF TOTAL   AMOUNT    OF TOTAL   AMOUNT    OF TOTAL  AMOUNT    OF TOTAL  AMOUNT    OF TOTAL
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Mortgage loans:
 One-to-four family<F1><F2>...... $289,286   47.67%   $223,273   57.28%   $155,435    54.20%   $133,006   51.39%   $134,967   51.61%

 Co-operative<F3>................   12,065    1.99      13,245    3.40      14,653     5.11      16,155    6.24      17,098    6.54

 Multi-family ...................  230,229   37.95     104,870   26.91      69,140    24.11      56,559   21.85      49,459   18.91

 Commercial .....................   68,182   11.24      46,698   11.98      45,215    15.77      49,512   19.13      54,310   20.77

 Construction ...................    2,797    0.46          --      --         --        --         364    0.14       1,891    0.72
                                  ----------------    ----------------    ------------------   ----------------    ----------------

 Gross mortgage loans ...........  602,559   99.31     388,086   99.57     284,443    99.19     255,596   98.75     257,725   98.55

Small Business Administration....    2,789    0.46          --      --          --       --          --      --          --      --

Other loans......................    1,385    0.23       1,680    0.43       2,328     0.81       3,231    1.25       3,791    1.45
                                  ----------------    ----------------    ------------------   ----------------    ----------------

 Gross loans.....................  606,733  100.00%    389,766  100.00%    286,771   100.00%    258,827  100.00%    261,516  100.00%
                                            ======              ======               ======              ======              ======

Less:
Unearned income, unamortized
 discounts, and deferred
 loan fees, net..................   (1,838)             (1,548)             (1,335)              (1,341)             (1,202)
Allowance for loan losses........   (6,474)             (5,437)             (5,310)              (5,370)             (5,723)
                                  --------            --------            --------             --------            --------     
   Loans, net                     $598,421            $382,781            $280,126             $252,116            $254,591
                                  ========            ========            ========             ========            ========

<FN>
<F1> One-to-four  family  residential  loans  also  include   home   equity  and
     condominium loans.  At December 31, 1997 gross home  equity  loans  totaled
     $6.2 million and condominium loans totaled $17.5 million.
<F2> Excludes loans available for sale of $5.6 million at December 31, 1993.
<F3> Consists  of  loans secured by shares representing interests in  individual
     co-operative units that are generally owner occupied.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       5
<PAGE>


     The following table sets forth the Bank's loan originations  (including the
net effect of  refinancings)  and the changes in the Bank's  portfolio of loans,
including purchases, sales and principal reductions for the years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ----------------------------------
                                                      1997         1996         1995
                                                    --------     --------     --------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS:
At beginning of year............................    $388,086     $284,443     $255,596

Mortgage loans originated:
   One-to-four family<F1>.......................      42,756       51,309       19,298
   Co-operative.................................         475           76          140
   Multi-family.................................      79,976       43,184       19,162
   Commercial...................................      17,121        7,501        2,144
   Construction.................................       3,016           --           --
                                                    --------     --------     --------
      Total mortgage loans originated...........     143,344      102,070       40,744
                                                    --------     --------     --------

Acquired loans:
   Loans purchased<F2>..........................      49,965       39,873       18,766
   Acquired NY Federal 1-4 family loans ........         901           --           --
   Acquired NY Federal multi-family loans ......      62,405           --           --
   Acquired NY Federal commercial loans ........      11,717           --           --
                                                    --------     --------     --------
      Total acquired loans......................     124,988       39,873       18,766
                                                    --------     --------     --------

Less:
   Principal reductions.........................      53,416       37,150       29,384
   Mortgage loans sold<F1>......................          --           --          626
   Loans securitized............................          --           --           --
   Mortgage loan foreclosures...................         443        1,150          653
                                                    --------     --------     --------
At end of year..................................    $602,559     $388,086     $284,443
                                                    --------     --------     --------
OTHER LOANS:
At beginning of year............................      $1,680       $2,328       $3,231
Acquired NY Federal Small Business                     2,029           --           --
   Administration loans.........................
Net bank activity...............................         466         (648)        (903)
                                                    --------     --------     --------
At end of year..................................      $4,175       $1,680       $2,328
                                                    ========     ========     ========

<FN>
<F1> Includes mortgage loans originated for sale in the secondary market.
<F2> For  a description of the Bank's loan purchase activity, see "--One-to-Four
     Family Mortgage Lending."
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       6
<PAGE>


     LOAN MATURITY AND REPRICING. The following table sets forth at December 31,
1997,  the dollar amount of all loans held in the Bank's  portfolio  that is due
after  December  31,  1998,  and  whether  such loans  have fixed or  adjustable
interest  rates.  Non-performing  loans are excluded.  The Bank's loan portfolio
contained  no  outstanding  construction  loans  as of the  date  specified  and
therefore the following two tables exclude reference to any such loans.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                          DUE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                 --------------------------------------------- 
                                                  FIXED            ADJUSTABLE          TOTAL
                                                 --------          ----------         --------   
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>                <C>               <C>
Mortgage loans:
   One-to-four family.......................     $115,446           $115,619          $231,065
   Co-operative.............................        5,154              3,769             8,923
   Multi-family.............................       31,059            182,427           213,486
   Commercial...............................       20,560             37,986            58,546
Small Business Administration loans.........           --              1,772             1,772
Other loans.................................          936                 --               936
                                                 --------           --------          --------  
Total loans.................................     $173,155           $341,573          $514,728
                                                 ========           ========          ========  
</TABLE>

     The following table shows the maturity or period to repricing of the Bank's
loan portfolio at December 31, 1997. Loans that have  adjustable-rates are shown
as being due in the period  during which the interest  rates are next subject to
change.  The  table  does  not  reflect   prepayments  or  scheduled   principal
amortization,  which totaled $53.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1997.
Certain  adjustable  rate loans have  features  which limit  changes in interest
rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the loan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      MORTGAGE LOANS                                OTHER LOANS
                                  -------------------------------------------------------      ---------------------
                                    ONE-TO-                     MULTI-                                                   TOTAL LOANS
                                  FOUR FAMILY  CO-OPERATIVE     FAMILY         COMMERCIAL        SBA        CONSUMER     RECEIVABLE
                                  -----------  ------------     --------       ----------      --------     --------     -----------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>
Amounts due<F1>:
    Within one year               $ 56,324        $ 3,142       $ 16,743         $11,921        $1,017      $  401        $ 89,548
                                  --------        -------       --------         -------        ------      ------        --------
After one year<F1>:
    One to two years                39,725          2,652         30,920          10,491           703         402          84,893
    Two to three years              44,771          2,126         24,414          10,349           702         351          82,713
    Three to five years             85,585            674          6,755          16,202           293         102         109,611
    Five to ten years               48,590          3,387         68,466          13,378            74          81         133,976
    Over ten years                  12,394             84         82,931           8,126            --          --         103,535
                                  --------        -------       --------         -------        ------      ------        --------  
    Total due after one year       231,065          8,923        213,486          58,546         1,772         936         514,728
                                  --------        -------       --------         -------        ------      ------        --------

         Total amounts due        $287,389        $12,065       $230,229         $70,467        $2,789      $1,337        $604,276
                                  ========        =======       ========         =======        ======      ======        ========
<FN>
<F1> Excludes $2.5 million in non-performing loans.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     ONE-TO-FOUR FAMILY MORTGAGE LENDING. The Bank offers mortgage loans secured
by one-to-four  family residences,  including  townhouses and condominium units,
located in its primary lending area. For purposes of the  description  contained
in this section, one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and



                                       7
<PAGE>


co-operative apartment loans are collectively referred to herein as "residential
mortgage  loans." The Bank offers both fixed-rate and ARM  residential  mortgage
loans with  maturities  of up to 30 years and a general  maximum  loan amount of
$650,000.  Loan originations  generally result from  applications  received from
existing or past customers,  persons that respond to Bank  advertising and other
marketing  efforts and referrals from attorneys,  real estate brokers,  mortgage
brokers and mortgage bankers.

     Partly  in  response  to  the  intense   competition  for  originations  of
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans,  the  Bank has a  program  of
correspondent  relationships with several mortgage bankers and brokers operating
in the New York  metropolitan  area.  Under  this  program,  the Bank  purchases
individual  newly  originated   one-to-four  family  loans  originated  by  such
correspondents.  The  loans  are  underwritten  pursuant  to the  Bank's  credit
underwriting  standards  and each loan is  reviewed by Bank  personnel  prior to
purchase to ensure  conformity with such standards.  During 1997,  through these
relationships,  the Bank purchased $50.0 million in one-to-four  family mortgage
loans,  as compared to $39.9 million in 1996 and $11.6  million  during 1995. In
addition,  from time to time,  the Bank will  selectively  purchase  packages of
seasoned performing  one-to-four family residential loans located within the New
York region.  During 1995, the Bank purchased one package of such loans totaling
$7.2 million with an average yield of 7.97%.  Servicing  was not  acquired.  The
Bank did not purchase any seasoned loans in 1997 or 1996.

     The Bank generally  originates  residential mortgage loans in amounts up to
80% of the appraised  value or the sale price,  whichever is less.  The Bank may
make residential  mortgage loans with  loan-to-value  ratios of up to 95% of the
appraised value of the mortgaged property;  however,  private mortgage insurance
is required whenever  loan-to-value  ratios exceed 80% of the appraised value of
the property securing the loan.

     Traditionally,  residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank have been
underwritten  to FNMA and other agency  guidelines to facilitate  securitization
and sale in the secondary market. These guidelines require,  among other things,
verification of the loan  applicant's  income.  However,  from time to time, and
with increasing  frequency,  the Bank originates  residential  mortgage loans to
self-employed individuals within the Bank's local community without verification
of the borrower's level of income, provided that the borrower's stated income is
considered reasonable for the borrower's type of business. These loans involve a
higher  degree  of risk as  compared  to the  Bank's  other  fully  underwritten
residential  mortgage loans as there is a greater  opportunity  for borrowers to
falsify or overstate their level of income and ability to service  indebtedness.
To mitigate this risk,  the Bank  typically  limits the amount of these loans to
75% of the appraised value of the property or the sale price, whichever is less.
These  loans also are not as  readily  salable  in the  secondary  market as the
Bank's other fully underwritten  loans,  either as whole loans or when pooled or
securitized. FNMA does not purchase such loans. The Bank believes, however, that
its  willingness  to make  such  loans is an aspect  of its  commitment  to be a
community-oriented  bank.  Although  there are a number of  purchasers  for such
loans, there can be no assurance that such purchasers will continue to be active
in the  market or that the Bank will be able to sell such  loans in the  future.
The Bank originated $26.6 million and $19.0 million in loans of this type during
1997 and 1996, respectively.

     The Bank's fixed-rate  residential  mortgage loans typically are originated
for  terms of 15 and 30  years  and are  competitively  priced  based on  market
conditions and the Bank's cost of funds. The Bank charges origination fees of up
to 2%; loans with fees of less than 2% generally  carry a higher  interest rate.
Fixed rate 30-year residential  mortgage loans will for the most part be granted
when they can be packaged and sold in the  secondary  market.  However,  a small
amount may be retained in portfolio to provide  flexibility in the management of
the Company's interest rate sensitivity  position.  The Bank had originated $4.7
million 30-year fixed rate residential mortgage loans in 1997, and none in 1996.

     The Bank  offers ARM loans with  adjustment  periods of one,  three,  five,
seven or ten years.  Interest rates on ARM loans  currently  offered by the Bank
are  adjusted at the  beginning  of each  adjustment  period  based upon a fixed
spread above the average yield on United States treasury securities, adjusted to



                                       8
<PAGE>


a constant  maturity which corresponds to the adjustment period of the loan (the
"U.S.  Treasury  constant  maturity  index") as published  weekly by the Federal
Reserve Board. From time to time, the Bank may originate ARM loans at an initial
rate  lower  than the U.S.  Treasury  constant  maturity  index as a result of a
discount on the spread for the initial  adjustment  period.  ARM loans generally
are subject to  limitations  on interest  rate  increases  of 2% per  adjustment
period and an aggregate adjustment of 6% over the life of the loan.  Origination
fees of up to 2% are  charged  for ARM  loans;  loans  with fees of less than 2%
generally  carry a higher  interest  rate.  The Bank  originated  and  purchased
one-to-four  family  residential  ARM loans  totaling  $21.6  million  and $29.8
million,  respectively,  during  1997  and  $34.0  million  and  $32.0  million,
respectively,  during 1996. At December 31, 1997, $203.7 million,  or 67.60%, of
the Bank's residential mortgage loans, consisted of ARM loans.

     The volume and adjustment  periods of ARM loans originated by the Bank have
been affected by such market factors as the level of interest rates,  demand for
loans,  competition,  consumer  preferences  and the  availability  of funds. In
general,  consumers  show a preference for ARM loans in periods of high interest
rates and for  fixed-rate  loans  when  interest  rates are low.  In  periods of
falling  interest  rates,  the Bank may experience  refinancing  activity in ARM
loans, whose interest rates may be fully indexed, to fixed-rate loans.

     The retention of ARM loans, as opposed to fixed-rate  30-year loans, in the
Bank's  portfolio  helps  reduce the Bank's  exposure  to  interest  rate risks.
However,  in  an  environment  of  rapidly  increasing  interest  rates  as  was
experienced  in the 1970's,  it is possible  for the interest  rate  increase to
exceed the maximum  aggregate  adjustment on ARM loans and negatively affect the
spread between the Bank's interest income and its cost of funds.

     ARM loans  generally  involve credit risks different from those inherent in
fixed-rate  loans,  primarily  because if interest  rates rise,  the  underlying
payments of the borrower  rise,  thereby  increasing  the potential for default.
However, this potential risk is lessened by the Bank's policy of originating ARM
loans with annual and lifetime  interest rate caps that limits the increase of a
borrower's monthly payment.  The Bank has not in the past, nor does it currently
originate ARM loans which provide for negative amortization.

     HOME EQUITY LOANS.  Home equity loans are included in the Bank's  portfolio
of one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans.  These loans are offered as
adjustable-rate  "home equity lines of credit" on which interest only is due for
an initial  term of 10 years and  thereafter  principal  and  interest  payments
sufficient  to liquidate the loan are required for the  remaining  term,  not to
exceed 20 years. These loans also may be offered as fully amortizing  closed-end
fixed-rate  loans for terms up to 15 years.  All home  equity  loans are made on
one-to-four family residential and condominium units, which are  owner-occupied,
and are  subject  to a 80%  loan-to-value  ratio  computed  on the  basis of the
aggregate of the first  mortgage loan amount  outstanding  and the proposed home
equity  loan.  They are  granted  in  amounts  from  $25,000  to  $100,000.  The
underwriting standards for home equity loans are substantially the same as those
for residential  mortgage loans. At December 31, 1997, home equity loans totaled
$6.2 million, or 1.03%, of gross loans.

     MULTI-FAMILY  LENDING.  Loans  secured  by  multi-family  income  producing
properties  (including mixed-use  properties)  constituted  approximately $230.2
million,  or 37.95%,  of gross loans at  December  31,  1997,  all of which were
secured  by  properties  located  within  the  Bank's  market  area.  The Bank's
multi-family  loans had an average principal balance of $508,156 at December 31,
1997,  and the  largest  multi-family  loan held in the Bank's  portfolio  had a
principal balance of $6.0 million.  Multi-family  loans are generally offered at
adjustable  rates  tied to a market  index  for  terms of five to 10 years  with
adjustment  periods  from one to five  years.  On a select  and  limited  basis,
multi-family  loans may be made at fixed  rates  for  terms of  seven,  10 or 15
years.  An  origination  fee of up to 1% is  typically  charged on  multi-family
loans.



                                       9
<PAGE>


     In  underwriting  multi-family  loans,  the Bank  reviews the  expected net
operating income generated by the real estate collateral  securing the loan, the
age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of
the  borrower  and the  borrower's  experience  in  owning or  managing  similar
properties. The Bank typically requires a debt service coverage of at least 125%
of the monthly loan payment.  Multi-family loans generally are made up to 70% of
the appraised value of the property  securing the loan or the sales price of the
property, whichever is less. The Bank generally obtains personal guarantees from
commercial real estate borrowers and typically orders an environmental report on
the property securing the loan.

     Loans secured by multi-family income producing property generally involve a
greater  degree of risk than  residential  mortgage  loans and carry larger loan
balances.  The increased credit risk is a result of several  factors,  including
the  concentration of principal in a smaller number of loans and borrowers,  the
effects of general economic  conditions on income  producing  properties and the
increased  difficulty  in  evaluating  and  monitoring  these  types  of  loans.
Furthermore,  the repayment of loans secured by  multi-family  income  producing
property is typically  dependent  upon the  successful  operation of the related
property.  If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower's ability
to  repay  the  loan may be  impaired.  Loans  secured  by  multi-family  income
producing property also may involve a greater degree of environmental  risk. The
Bank seeks to protect  against  this risk  through  obtaining  an  environmental
report. See "--Asset Quality--REO."

     COMMERCIAL  REAL ESTATE  LENDING.  Loans secured by commercial  real estate
constituted approximately $68.2 million, or 11.24%, of the Bank's gross loans at
December  31,  1997.  The Bank's  commercial  real  estate  loans are secured by
improved properties such as offices,  small business facilities,  strip shopping
centers, warehouses,  religious facilities and mixed-use properties. At December
31,  1997,  substantially  all of the Bank's  commercial  real estate loans were
secured by properties  located  within the Bank's market area. At that date, the
Bank's  commercial  real  estate  loans  had an  average  principal  balance  of
$458,493, and the largest of such loans, which was secured by a shopping center,
had a principal balance of $3.5 million. Typically, commercial real estate loans
are  originated at a range of $100,000 to $3.0 million.  Commercial  real estate
loans are generally offered at adjustable rates tied to a market index for terms
of five to 15 years, with adjustment periods from one to five years. On a select
and limited  basis,  commercial  real estate loans may be made at fixed interest
rates for terms of seven,  10 or 15  years.  An  origination  fee of up to 1% is
typically charged on all commercial real estate loans.

     In  underwriting  commercial  real estate loans,  the Bank employs the same
underwriting   standards  and   procedures  as  are  employed  in   underwriting
multi-family loans.

     Commercial  real estate loans  generally  carry larger loan  balances  than
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans and involve a greater degree of
credit risk for the same reasons applicable to multi-family loans.

     CONSTRUCTION  LOANS. The Bank's construction loans primarily have been made
to finance the  construction of one-to-four  family  residential  properties and
multi-family  residential  real estate  properties.  The Bank's policies provide
that construction  loans may be made in amounts up to 70% of the estimated value
of the developed  property and only if the Bank obtains a first lien position on
the  underlying  real estate.  In addition,  the Bank  generally  requires  firm
end-loan   commitments  and  personal  guarantees  on  all  construction  loans.
Construction  loans are generally  made with terms of two years or less and with
adjustable interest rates that are tied to a market index.  Advances are made as
construction  progresses and  inspection  warrants,  subject to continued  title
searches to ensure that the Bank maintains a first lien  position.  Construction
loans  outstanding at December 31, 1997 totaled $2.8 million,  or 0.46% of gross
loans. The Bank had no construction loans outstanding at December 31, 1996.

     Construction  loans  involve a greater  degree  of risk  than  other  loans
because,  among  other  things,  the  underwriting  of such loans is based on an
estimated value of the developed property, which can be difficult to ascertain


                                       10
<PAGE>


in  light  of  uncertainties   inherent  in  such   estimations.   In  addition,
construction  lending entails the risk that the project may not be completed due
to cost overruns or changes in market conditions.

     SMALL  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  LENDING.  With  the  purchase  of New York
Federal on  September  9, 1997,  the  Company  entered  into the Small  Business
Administration  lending  ("SBA")  market.  These  loans  are  extended  to small
businesses and are guaranteed by the Small Business Administration at 80% of the
loan balance for loans with balances of $100,000 or less, and at 75% of the loan
balance  for  loans  with  balances  greater  than  $100,000.  All SBA loans are
underwritten in accordance with SBA Standard  Operating  Procedures and the Bank
generally obtains personal guarantees and collateral, where applicable, from SBA
borrowers.  Typically,  SBA loans are  originated  at a range of $50,000 to $1.0
million  with  terms  ranging  from  five to 25 years.  SBA loans are  generally
offered at adjustable  rates tied to the prime rate with  adjustment  periods of
one to three months.  The Bank generally sells the guaranteed portion of the SBA
loan in the secondary market and retains servicing of at least 1% of the monthly
interest  payment.  At  December  31,  1997,  SBA loans  totaled  $2.8  million,
representing 0.46% of gross loans.

     CONSUMER AND OTHER LENDING.  From time to time the Bank may originate other
loans for personal,  family or household purposes. These loans generally consist
of passbook loans,  overdraft lines of credit,  student loans,  automobile loans
and other personal loans. Total consumer and other loans outstanding at December
31,  1997  amounted  to $1.4  million,  or  0.23%,  of gross  loans.  Generally,
unsecured  loans in this  category  are limited to amounts of $5,000 or less for
terms of up to five years.  Certain  student  loans may be made in amounts up to
the maximum  amount  permitted by the New York State Higher  Education  Services
Corporation,  currently $138,500, for terms of up to 10 years. All student loans
are sold by the Bank to  EXPORT,  a  subsidiary  of  Sallie  Mae  (Student  Loan
Marketing  Association)  which  administers all such loans sold by the Bank. The
Bank  offers  credit  cards to its  customers  through a third  party  financial
institution  and  receives  an  origination  fee  and  transactional   fees  for
processing such accounts,  but does not underwrite or finance any portion of the
credit card receivables.

     The  underwriting  standards  employed by the Bank for  consumer  and other
loans include a determination of the applicant's  payment history on other debts
and assessment of the applicant's  ability to meet payments on all of his or her
obligations.   In  addition  to  the  creditworthiness  of  the  applicant,  the
underwriting  process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral,
if any, to the proposed loan amount.  Unsecured  loans tend to have higher risk,
and therefore  command a higher interest rate. With the exception of a portfolio
of consumer loans acquired by the Bank in 1991 at a discount in connection  with
the  acquisition  of a  failed  savings  and  loan  association,  the  level  of
delinquencies in the Bank's consumer and other loan portfolio generally has been
within industry standards; however, there can be no assurance that delinquencies
will not increase in the future.

     LOAN APPROVAL PROCEDURES AND AUTHORITY.  The Bank's Board-approved  lending
policies  establish  loan  approval  requirements  for its various types of loan
products.  Pursuant  to the Bank's  Residential  Mortgage  Lending  Policy,  all
residential  mortgage loans require three signatures for approval,  at least one
of which must be from the  President,  Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice
President  (collectively,  "Authorized  Officers") and the other two may be from
the  Bank's  Senior  Mortgage  Officer,  Loan  Underwriting  Manager  or  Senior
Underwriter.  Residential  mortgage  loans in  excess of  $500,000  also must be
approved by the Loan  Committee,  the  Executive  Committee or the full Board of
Directors.  Pursuant to the Bank's  Commercial Real Estate Lending  Policy,  all
loans secured by  commercial  real estate  properties  and  multi-family  income
producing  properties,  must be approved by the President or the Executive  Vice
President upon the  recommendation  of the Commercial Loan  Department  Manager.
Such loans in excess of $600,000  also require  Loan or  Executive  Committee or
Board approval. In accordance with the Bank's Consumer Loan Policy, all consumer
loans  require  two  signatures  for  approval,  one of  which  must  be from an
Authorized  Officer.  The Bank's  Construction  Loan  Policy  requires  that all
construction  loans must be approved by the Loan or  Executive  Committee or the
Board of Directors of the Bank. Any loan, regardless of type, that deviates from



                                       11
<PAGE>


the Bank's  written  loan  policies  must be approved  by the Loan or  Executive
Committee or the Bank's Board of Directors.

     For all loans  originated  by the Bank,  upon  receipt of a completed  loan
application,  a credit report is ordered and certain other financial information
is obtained.  An  appraisal  of the real estate  intended to secure the proposed
loan is required.  Such  appraisals  currently are performed by the Bank's staff
appraiser or an independent  appraiser  designated and approved by the Bank. The
Bank's Board of Directors  annually approves the independent  appraisers used by
the Bank and approves the Bank's  appraisal  policy.  It is the Bank's policy to
require  borrowers to obtain title  insurance  and hazard  insurance on all real
estate first mortgage loans prior to closing.  Borrowers  generally are required
to advance funds on a monthly basis  together with each payment of principal and
interest to a mortgage  escrow  account from which the Bank makes  disbursements
for items  such as real  estate  taxes  and,  in some  cases,  hazard  insurance
premiums.

     LOAN CONCENTRATIONS.  The maximum amount of credit that the Bank can extend
to any single borrower or related group of borrowers generally is limited to 15%
of the Bank's  unimpaired  capital and surplus.  Applicable law and  regulations
permit an additional amount of credit to be extended, equal to 10% of unimpaired
capital and surplus,  if the loan is secured by readily  marketable  collateral,
which generally does not include real estate. See "Regulation."  However,  it is
currently the Bank's policy not to extend such  additional  credit.  At December
31, 1997,  the Bank had no loans in excess of the maximum dollar amount of loans
to one borrower that the Bank was  authorized  to make. At that date,  the three
largest  concentrations  of loans to one borrower  consisted of loans secured by
multi-family income producing  properties with an aggregate principal balance of
$14.1 million, $6.5 million and $6.0 million for each of the three borrowers.

     LOAN SERVICING.  At December 31, 1997, loans aggregating $51.8 million were
being  serviced  for  others by the Bank.  The  Bank's  policy is to retain  the
servicing  rights to the mortgage  and SBA loans that it sells in the  secondary
market.  In order to  increase  revenue,  management  intends to  continue  this
policy.

ASSET QUALITY

     LOAN  COLLECTION.  When a borrower  fails to make a  required  payment on a
loan,  the Bank  takes a number  of steps to  induce  the  borrower  to cure the
delinquency and restore the loan to current  status.  In the case of residential
mortgage  loans and  consumer  loans,  the Bank  generally  sends the borrower a
written  notice of  non-payment  when the loan is first  past due.  In the event
payment is not then received,  additional  letters and phone calls generally are
made in order to  encourage  the borrower to meet with a  representative  of the
Bank to discuss the delinquency. If the loan still is not brought current and it
becomes  necessary for the Bank to take legal  action,  which  typically  occurs
after a loan is  delinquent 45 days or more,  the Bank may commence  foreclosure
proceedings  against real property that secures the real estate loan and attempt
to repossess  personal or business  property that secures an SBA loan,  consumer
loan or co-operative  apartment loan. If a foreclosure  action is instituted and
the  loan is not  brought  current,  paid in  full,  or  refinanced  before  the
foreclosure  sale,  the real  property  securing  the loan  generally is sold at
foreclosure or by the Bank as soon  thereafter as  practicable.  Decisions as to
when to commence  foreclosure  actions for multi-family,  commercial real estate
and  construction  loans  are made on a case by case  basis.  Since  foreclosure
typically halts the sale of the collateral and may be a lengthy procedure in the
State of New York, the Bank may consider loan work-out arrangements to work with
multi-family or commercial real estate borrowers in an effort to restructure the
loan rather than  foreclose,  particularly if the borrower is, in the opinion of
management,  able to manage the  project.  In certain  circumstances,  on rental
properties, the Bank may institute proceedings to seize the rent.

     On mortgage  loans or loan  participations  purchased by the Bank, the Bank
receives monthly reports from its loan servicers with which it monitors the loan
portfolio.  Based upon servicing agreements with the servicers of the loans, the
Bank relies upon the servicer to contact delinquent borrowers, collect



                                       12
<PAGE>


delinquent amounts and initiate foreclosure proceedings,  when necessary, all in
accordance  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  and the terms of the servicing
agreements between the Bank and its servicing agents.



                                       13
<PAGE>


DELINQUENT LOANS AND NON-PERFORMING ASSETS.   The  following  table  sets  forth
delinquencies in the Bank's loan portfolio at the dates indicated:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                         AT DECEMBER 31,
                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1997                                1996                                  1995
                       ----------------------------------  -----------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                          60-89 DAYS      90 DAYS OR MORE     60-89 DAYS      90 DAYS OR MORE       60-89 DAYS       90 DAYS OR MORE
                       ----------------  ----------------  ----------------  -----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                       NUMBER            NUMBER            NUMBER            NUMBER              NUMBER             NUMBER
                        OF    PRINCIPAL   OF    PRINCIPAL   OF    PRINCIPAL   OF     PRINCIPAL    OF    PRINCIPAL    OF    PRINCIPAL
                       LOANS   BALANCE   LOANS   BALANCE   LOANS   BALANCE   LOANS    BALANCE    LOANS   BALANCE    LOANS   BALANCE
                       -----  ---------  ------ ---------  ------ ---------  ------  ---------   ------ ---------   ------ ---------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                     <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>    <C>          <C>    <C>   
One-to-four family...    9      $683      19     $1,897      2      $705      15      $1,835       1      $149        25     $2,276
Co-operative.........   --        --      --         --     --        --       2          32       1        53         2        109
Multi-family.........   --        --      --         --     --        --       3         505       1       441         4      2,119
Commercial...........   --        --       2        512     --        --      --          --      --        --         3        427
Construction.........   --        --      --         --     --        --      --          --      --        --        --         --
                       -----  ---------  ------ ---------  ------ ---------  ------  ---------   ------ ---------   ------ ---------
   Total mortgage
     loans...........    9       683      21      2,409      2       705      20       2,372       3       643        34      4,931
Other loans..........    4        10      15         49      3         2       6          36       2         1         5         50
                       -----  ---------  ------ ---------  ------ ---------  ------  ---------   ------ ---------   ------ ---------
   Total loans.......   13      $693      36     $2,458      5      $707      26      $2,408       5      $644        39     $4,981
                       =====  =========  ====== =========  ====== =========  ======  =========   ====== =========   ====== =========
Delinquent loans to
   gross loans.......          0.11%              0.41%            0.18%               0.62%             0.22%                1.74%

</TABLE>



                                       14
<PAGE>


     The Bank reviews the problem  loans in its  portfolio on a monthly basis to
determine  whether any loans require  classification in accordance with internal
policies and applicable  regulatory  guidelines.  Generally,  all non-performing
loans  delinquent  90  days  or  more,  commercial  real  estate  loans  pending
foreclosure   and  real  estate  owned  ("REO")  require   classification.   See
"--Classified and Special Mention Assets."

     The Bank generally  discontinues accruing interest on delinquent loans when
a loan is 90 days  past due or  foreclosure  proceedings  have  been  commenced,
whichever  first occurs.  Loans in default 90 days or more as to their  maturity
date but not their payments,  however, continue to accrue interest. With respect
to loans on  non-accrual  status,  previously  accrued  but unpaid  interest  is
deducted from interest income six months after the date it becomes past due.

     The following table sets forth information regarding all non-accrual loans,
loans  which are 90 days or more  delinquent,  and REO at the  dates  indicated.
During  the years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,  the  amounts  of
additional  interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual  loans,
had they been current,  totaled $180,000,  $145,000 and $344,000,  respectively.
These amounts were not included in the Bank's interest income for the respective
periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1997          1996          1995           1994          1993
                                                      ------        ------        ------         ------       -------    
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
Non-accrual mortgage loans.......................     $2,409        $2,372        $4,697         $5,234       $11,548
Other non-accrual loans..........................         49            36            50             63           142
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 
    Total non-accrual loans......................      2,458         2,408         4,747          5,297        11,690
Mortgage loans 90 days or more delinquent
  and still accruing.............................         --            --           234             14             4
Other loans 90 days or more delinquent
  and still accruing.............................         --            --            --             --             1
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 
    Total non-performing loans...................      2,458         2,408         4,981          5,311        11,695
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 

In-substance foreclosed real estate..............         --            --            --            372         4,772
Foreclosed real estate...........................        433         1,218         1,869          3,096         2,990
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 
    Total REO....................................        433         1,218         1,869          3,468         7,762
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 

    Total non-performing assets..................     $2,891        $3,626        $6,850         $8,779       $19,457
                                                      ================================================================

Troubled debt restructurings.....................         --            --            --         $3,220        $6,029
                                                      ================================================================

Non-performing loans to gross loans <F1>.........       0.41%         0.62%         1.74%          2.05%         4.47%
Non-performing assets to total assets <F1>.......       0.27%         0.47%         0.97%          1.48%         3.16%
  
<FN>
<F1>Ratios do not include troubled  debt  restructurings  where  the  loans  are
    performing in accordance with the agreement.
</FN>
</TABLE>


     REO. The Bank has been  aggressively  marketing its REO  properties.  Total
REO, including  in-substance  foreclosed loans, had consistently  decreased from
$7.8  million at December  31, 1993 to $0.4  million at December  31,  1997.  To
facilitate the sale of REO, the Bank  originated  three loans totaling  $637,000
during 1997, and nine loans totaling $307,000 during 1996.



                                       15
<PAGE>


     At December  31, 1997,  the largest  single REO  property  resulted  from a
one-to-four family residential  property with a net book value of $141,000.  REO
properties  are  carried  at the lower of  carrying  amount or fair  value  less
estimated  costs to sell.  This  determination  is made on an  individual  asset
basis.  "Carrying  amount"  represents  the book value of the loan at the time a
property is  foreclosed  (after any  charge-off  against the  allowance for loan
losses to reflect any difference between the book value of the loan and the fair
market  value of the  collateral),  less any payments  subsequently  received in
respect of such loan such as payments from private  mortgage  insurance or court
appointed  receivers.  See "--Allowance for Loan Losses." If the subsequent fair
value is less than the carrying  amount,  the deficiency is recognized as an REO
valuation  allowance and,  accordingly,  is charged against  earnings  through a
provision for losses on REO.

     The following table sets forth the activity in the Bank's REO portfolio for
the three months ended on each of the indicated dates:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------
                                            MARCH            JUNE           SEPTEMBER        DECEMBER
                                             1997            1997             1997             1997
                                           ------            ----           ---------        --------    
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>               <C>              <C>              <C> 
Balance, beginning of period               $1,218            $280             $316             $287
Foreclosures and other acquisitions            --             141               87              146
Less:  Sales                                1,031             155              180               --
       Reductions<F1>                         (93)            (50)             (64)              --
                                           ------            ----             ----             ----  
Balance, end of period                       $280            $316             $287             $433
                                           ======            ====             ====             ====

<FN>
<F1>Reductions  include  provisions for losses  on  REO  and  payments  received
    subsequent  to foreclosure  from  private mortgage insurance  and from court
    appointed receivers.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     The following table sets forth the approximate  change in the allowance for
losses on REO for the three years ended December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        1997            1996            1995
                                        ----            ----            ----
                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C> 
Balance, beginning of year              $281            $388            $774
Provision                                                150             311
Less: Reduction due to sale of ORE       207             257             697
                                        ----            ----            ----
      Balance, end of year               $74            $281            $388
                                        ====            ====            ====
</TABLE>

     Although the Bank  currently  obtains  environmental  reports in connection
with the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, it obtains  environmental
reports in connection with the underwriting of multi-family and other loans only
if the nature of the current or, to the extent  known to the Bank,  prior use of
the  property  securing  the loan  indicates  a  potential  environmental  risk.
However, the Bank may not be aware of such uses or risks in any particular case,
and, accordingly, there is no assurance that real estate acquired by the Bank in
foreclosure  is free  from  environmental  contamination  or  that,  if any such
contamination  or other violation  exists,  the Bank will not have any liability
therefor.

     CLASSIFIED AND SPECIAL MENTION ASSETS.  Federal regulations and Bank policy
require the  classification  of loans and other assets,  such as debt and equity
securities  considered to be of lesser quality, as "substandard,"  "doubtful" or
"loss"  assets.  An  asset is  considered  "substandard"  if it is  inadequately
protected by the current net worth and paying  capacity of the obligor or of the
collateral pledged, if any.  "Substandard" assets include those characterized by



                                       16
<PAGE>


the "distinct  possibility" that the institution will sustain "some loss" if the
deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as "doubtful" have all of the
weaknesses   inherent  in  those  classified   "substandard,"   with  the  added
characteristic  that the weaknesses  present make  "collection or liquidation in
full," on the basis of currently existing facts,  conditions and values, "highly
questionable and improbable."  Assets  classified as "loss" are those considered
"uncollectible"  and of such  little  value  that  their  continuance  as assets
without the  establishment  of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets
which  do  not  currently   expose  the  Bank  to  sufficient  risk  to  warrant
classification in one of the  aforementioned  categories but possess  weaknesses
are designated "special mention."

     The Bank has a loan secured by a fully occupied  one-story  retail building
with six stores,  located in Queens, that is listed as special mention. The Bank
has  completed  its  foreclosure   action  and  has  been  granted  judgment  on
foreclosure.  The  mortgagor  has  agreed to make  full  monthly  payments  plus
additional payments to be applied towards the arrears. At December 31, 1997, all
payments due under the borrower's  agreement were current and the net book value
of the loan was $1.4 million.  Since this loan is performing in accordance  with
the terms of the borrower's  agreement,  it is recorded on an accrual basis.  At
December 31, 1997, the Bank had no other  classified  asset (or group of assets)
listed as substandard  or special  mention with a net book value of $1.0 million
or more.  Net book  value of REO is the lower of  carrying  amount or fair value
less estimated selling costs.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     The Bank has  established  and maintains on its books an allowance for loan
losses that is designed to provide reserves for estimated losses inherent in the
Bank's overall loan portfolio.  The allowance is established through a provision
for loan losses based on  management's  evaluation  of the risk  inherent in the
various components of its loan portfolio and other factors, including historical
loan loss  experience,  changes in the  composition and volume of the portfolio,
collection  policies and experiences,  trends in the volume of non-accrual loans
and regional and national economic  conditions.  The determination of the amount
of the allowance for loan losses  includes  estimates  that are  susceptible  to
significant  changes due to changes in appraisal values of collateral,  national
and regional  economic  conditions  and other  factors.  In connection  with the
determination  of the  allowance,  the market value of collateral  ordinarily is
evaluated by the Bank's staff appraiser; however, the Bank may from time to time
obtain  independent   appraisals  for  significant   properties.   Current  year
charge-offs,  charge-off  trends,  new loan  production  and current  balance by
particular  loan  categories  also are taken  into  account in  determining  the
appropriate amount of the allowance.

     In assessing the adequacy of the allowance,  management  reviews the Bank's
loan  portfolio by separate  categories  which have similar risk and  collateral
characteristics;   e.g.  commercial  real  estate,   multi-family  real  estate,
one-to-four family loans,  co-operative  apartment loans, SBA loans and consumer
loans. General provisions are established against performing loans in the Bank's
portfolio  in  amounts  deemed  prudent  from time to time  based on the  Bank's
qualitative  analysis of the factors  described above. The  determination of the
amount of the allowance for loan losses also includes a review of loans on which
full  collectibility  is  not  reasonably  assured.  The  primary  risk  element
considered  by  management  with  respect  to  each  one-to-four   family  loan,
co-operative  apartment  loan,  SBA  loan  and  consumer  loan  is  any  current
delinquency  on the loan. The primary risk elements  considered  with respect to
commercial real estate and multi-family loans are the financial condition of the
borrower,  the sufficiency of the collateral  (including changes in the value of
the  collateral)  and the  record of  payment.  When a  judgment  is made that a
specific  loan involves a risk of default and loss that is greater than the norm
for  loans in the  relevant  category,  that loan or a  portion  thereof  may be
classified loss, doubtful or substandard. In addition, loans that are judged not
to require  specific  classification  at a particular  time,  but require  close
monitoring,  are  categorized  as "special  mention"  loans.  See  "--Classified
Assets."



                                       17
<PAGE>


     The Bank establishes two types of reserves:  specific  reserves and general
valuation reserves.  Specific reserves are established to reflect an actual loss
or the best  estimate  of the risk of loss on a  specific  loan as of a  certain
date.  All  specific  reserves  are  equivalent  to direct  charge-offs  and are
reflected as direct  reductions to the allowance for loan losses and the related
loan  balances.  Specific  reserves are  established  for 100% of the portion of
loans that are classified as loss.

     General valuation reserves represent  allowances that have been established
to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities.  With respect
to  loans  classified  by the  Bank as  substandard  and the  portion  of  loans
classified  doubtful  or  categorized  as  special  mention,  the Bank will make
additional  provision to its general valuation  reserves in an amount equal to a
percentage of principal amount  outstanding at the time,  currently ranging from
1.5% to 15%, which is determined from time to time by the Bank according to loan
type  and  classification.  Additional  provisions  may be made  to the  general
valuation   allowance   to  cover   loans   which  are  deemed  not  to  require
classification or  categorization  as special mention,  but are performing loans
where the Bank has knowledge  that the  financial  condition of the borrower has
deteriorated.  Provisions to the Bank's general valuation  allowance are charged
against net income.

     In  addition,  when real estate loans are  foreclosed,  the loan balance is
compared to the fair value of the property.  The Bank  evaluates the fair market
value of properties on the basis of information readily available to the Bank at
the time the properties are classified as REO. If the carrying value of the loan
at the  time  of  foreclosure  exceeds  the  fair  value  of the  property,  the
difference is charged to the allowance for loan losses and the fair value of the
property  becomes the book value of the REO. The REO is subsequently  carried at
the lower of the  carrying  value of the loan or the fair value of the  property
less estimated costs of sale with any further  adjustment  reflected as a charge
against earnings. See "--Asset Quality--REO."

     The Bank's  determination  as to the  classification  of its assets and the
amount  of its  valuation  allowances  is  subject  to review by the OTS and the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC"),   which  can  require  the
establishment  of additional  general  allowances or specific loss allowances or
require  charge-offs.  Such  authorities may require the Bank to make additional
provisions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available
to them at the time of  their  examination.  An OTS  policy  statement  provides
guidance  for OTS  examiners  in  determining  whether  the  levels  of  general
valuation allowances for savings institutions are adequate. The policy statement
requires that if a savings  institution's  general valuation  allowance policies
and  procedures  are deemed to be inadequate,  the general  valuation  allowance
would be  compared  to certain  ranges of general  valuation  allowances  deemed
acceptable  by the OTS depending in part on the savings  institution's  level of
classified assets.

     The Bank's  provision for loan losses was  $104,000,  $418,000 and $496,000
for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  At December
31, 1997,  the total  allowance for loan losses was $6.5  million,  representing
263.38%  of  non-performing  loans and  223.94%  of  non-performing  assets,  an
increase from the December 31, 1996 ratios of 225.79% and 149.94%  respectively.
The Bank  continues  to monitor and modify the level of its  allowance  for loan
losses in order to maintain the allowance at a level which management  considers
adequate to provide for potential loan losses based on available information.

     Management of the Bank believes that the current  allowance for loan losses
is adequate in light of current  economic  conditions and the composition of its
loan  portfolio  and other  available  information  and the  Board of  Directors
concurs in this  belief.  However,  many  factors may require  additions  to the
allowance for loan losses in future periods beyond those reasonably anticipated.
These factors include future adverse changes in economic conditions,  changes in
interest  rates and changes in the financial  capacity of  individual  borrowers
(any of which may affect the ability of borrowers to make  repayments on loans),
changes in the local real estate market and the value of collateral, or a review
and evaluation of the Bank's loan portfolio in the future.  The determination of
the  amount  of the  allowance  for  loan  losses  includes  estimates  that are
susceptible to significant changes due to changes in appraisal values of



                                       18
<PAGE>


collateral,  national and regional economic conditions, interest rates and other
factors.  In addition,  the Bank's increased  emphasis on commercial real estate
and  multi-family  loans can be expected to increase the overall level of credit
risk inherent in the Bank's loan  portfolio.  The greater risk  associated  with
commercial real estate and  multi-family  loans may require the Bank to increase
its provisions for loan losses and to maintain an allowance for loan losses as a
percentage  of  total  loans  that  is in  excess  of  the  allowance  currently
maintained  by the Bank.  Provisions  for loan  losses are  charged  against net
income. See "--Lending Activities" and "--Asset Quality."

     The following table sets forth the Bank's  allowance for loan losses at and
for the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997         1996           1995          1994          1993
                                                      ----         ----           ----          ----          ---- 
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>   
Balance at beginning of year                         $5,437       $5,310         $5,370        $5,723        $4,555
Provision for loan losses                               104          418            496           246         2,522
Provision acquired from NY Federal                      979           --             --            --            --
Loans charged-off:
     One-to-four family                                  85          220            312           341           287
     Co-operative                                        44          162            183            71            33
     Multi-family                                        --           41            251            14           344
     Commercial                                          --           68            260           303           716
     Construction                                        --           --             --            --            --
     Other                                               77           44             46            65           147
                                                     ------       ------         ------        ------        ------
     Total loans charged-off                            206          535          1,052           794         1,527
                                                     ------       ------         ------        ------        ------

Recoveries:
     Mortgage loans                                     155          244            496           195           173
     Other                                                5           --             --            --            --
                                                     ------       ------         ------        ------        ------
     Total recoveries                                   160          244            496           195           173
                                                     ------       ------         ------        ------        ------

Balance at end of year                               $6,474       $5,437         $5,310        $5,370        $5,723
                                                     ======       ======         ======        ======        ======

Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to
  average loans outstanding during the year            0.01%        0.09%          0.21%         0.24%         0.47%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
  gross loans at end of year                           1.07%        1.39%          1.85%         2.07%         2.19%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
  non-performing loans at the end of year            263.38%      225.79%        106.61%       101.11%        48.94%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
  non-performing assets at the end of year           223.94%      149.94%         77.52%        61.17%        29.41%

</TABLE>



                                       19
<PAGE>


     The following  table sets forth the Bank's  allocation of its allowance for
loan losses to the total amount of loans in each of the categories listed at the
dates  indicated.  The numbers  contained  in the "Amount"  column  indicate the
allowance  for loan losses  allocated for each  particular  loan  category.  The
numbers  contained in the column  entitled  "Percentage  of Loans in Category to
Total Loans" indicate the total amount of loans in each particular category as a
percentage of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          AT DECEMBER 31,
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1997                1996                1995                 1994                 1993
                              ------------------- ------------------- -------------------- --------------------  -------------------
                                       PERCENTAGE          PERCENTAGE           PERCENTAGE           PERCENTAGE           PERCENTAGE
                                       OF                  OF                   OF                   OF                   OF     
                                       LOANS IN            LOANS IN             LOANS IN             LOANS IN             LOANS IN
                                       CATEGORY            CATEGORY             CATEGORY             CATEGORY             CATEGORY
                                       TO TOTAL            TO TOTAL             TO TOTAL             TO TOTAL             TO TOTAL
       LOAN CATEGORY          AMOUNT   LOANS      AMOUNT   LOANS      AMOUNT    LOANS      AMOUNT    LOANS       AMOUNT   LOANS 
                              ------   ---------- ------   ---------- ------    ---------- ------    ----------  ------   ----------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>   
Mortgage Loans:
  One-to-four family.......   $1,711    26.42%    $1,065    53.84%    $1,126     54.20%    $1,132     51.39%       $957    51.61%
  Co-operative.............      510     7.88        458     4.76        407      5.11        125      6.24          38     6.54
  Multi-family.............    1,021    15.77      1,456    25.74      1,625     24.11      1,024     21.85       1,171    18.91
  Commercial...............    3,073    47.47      2,434    14.96      2,139     15.77      3,070     19.13       3,507    20.77
  Construction.............      128     1.98         --       --         --        --         --      0.14          --     0.72
                              ------   ------     ------   ------     ------    ------     ------    ------      ------   ------
   Total mortgage loans....    6,443    99.52      5,413    99.30      5,297     99.19      5,351     98.75       5,673    98.55
SBA loans..................       23     0.35         --       --         --        --         --        --          --       --    
Other loans................        8     0.13         24     0.70         13      0.81         19      1.25          50     1.45
                              ------   ------     ------   ------     ------    ------     ------    ------      ------   ------
   Total...................   $6,474   100.00%    $5,437   100.00%    $5,310    100.00%    $5,370    100.00%     $5,723   100.00%
                              ======   ======     ======   ======     ======    ======     ======    ======      ======   ======
</TABLE>



                                       20
<PAGE>


INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     GENERAL.  The  investment  policy of the Company,  which is approved by the
Board  of  Directors,   is  designed  primarily  to  manage  the  interest  rate
sensitivity  of its  overall  assets and  liabilities,  to  generate a favorable
return without  incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, to complement the
Bank's lending activities and to provide and maintain liquidity. In establishing
its  investment  strategies,  the  Company  considers  its  business  and growth
strategies,  the economic  environment,  its  interest  rate  sensitivity  "gap"
position,   the  types  of  securities  to  be  held,  and  other  factors.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operation--Management  Strategy," included in the Annual Report and incorporated
herein by reference.

     Federally  chartered  savings  institutions  have  authority  to  invest in
various types of assets,  including U.S. government  obligations,  securities of
various  federal  agencies,  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related  securities,
certain  certificates  of  deposit of insured  banks and  savings  institutions,
certain bankers acceptances, repurchase agreements, loans of federal funds, and,
subject to certain limits,  corporate  securities,  commercial  paper and mutual
funds.  All  mortgage-backed  securities  held  by  the  Bank  are  directly  or
indirectly  insured or  guaranteed  by FNMA,  FHLMC or the  Government  National
Mortgage Association ("GNMA").

     The  Investment  Committee of the Bank and the Company  meets  quarterly to
monitor investment  transactions and to establish investment strategy. The Board
of Directors  reviews the  investment  policy on an annual basis and  investment
activity on a monthly basis.

     SFAS 115,  which was adopted by the Company,  effective  December 31, 1993,
requires that  investments in equity  securities that have readily  determinable
fair values and all  investments in debt  securities are to be classified in one
of the following  three  categories and accounted for  accordingly:  (1) trading
securities;  (2)  securities  available  for sale;  and (3)  securities  held to
maturity.  Unrealized gains or losses on trading securities would be included in
the determination of net income;  however,  the Company does not intend to trade
securities.  Unrealized gains and losses for  available-for-sale  securities are
excluded from  earnings and reported as a net amount in a separate  component of
equity,  net of taxes.  At December 31, 1997,  the Company had $356.7 million in
securities  available for sale which represented  32.78% of total assets.  These
securities had an aggregate market value at that date that was approximately 2.6
times the amount of the Company's equity at that date. The cumulative balance of
unrealized gain on securities available for sale was $1.5 million, net of taxes,
at December 31, 1997. As a result of SFAS 115 and the magnitude of the Company's
holdings of  securities  available  for sale,  changes in  interest  rates could
produce  significant  changes in the value of such  securities and could produce
significant  fluctuations in the equity of the Company.  See Note 7 of "Notes to
Consolidated   Financial   Statements,"   included  in  the  Annual  Report  and
incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The  Company  may from  time to time  sell
securities  and realize a loss if the proceeds of such sale may be reinvested in
loans or other assets offering more attractive yields.

     In November 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
a special  report  entitled  "A Guide to  Implementation  of  Statement  #115 on
Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities",  which gave
the Company a one-time  opportunity to reconsider its ability and intent to hold
securities  to  maturity,  and allowed the Company to transfer  securities  from
held-to-maturity   to  other   categories   without   tainting   its   remaining
held-to-maturity  securities.  Accordingly,  on December 29,  1995,  the Company
moved all  securities  classified  as  held-to-maturity  to  available-for-sale,
totaling $94.7 million, net of a $1.4 million unrealized gain.

     At  December  31,  1997,  the  Company had no  investment  in a  particular
issuer's  securities  that either alone, or together with any investments in the
securities  of any  affiliate(s)  of such issuer,  exceeded 10% of the Company's
equity.



                                       21
<PAGE>


     The table below sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost
and market values of the Company's  securities portfolio at the dates indicated.
Securities  available for sale are recorded at market value. See Note 7 of Notes
to   Consolidated   Financial   Statements,   included  in  the  Annual  Report,
incorporated herein by reference.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             AT DECEMBER 31,
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997                       1996                        1995
                                            ----------------------     -----------------------     -----------------------  
                                            AMORTIZED      MARKET      AMORTIZED       MARKET      AMORTIZED       MARKET
                                              COST         VALUE         COST          VALUE         COST          VALUE
                                            ---------     --------     ---------      --------     ---------      --------  
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>    
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
Bonds and other debt securities:
 U.S. government and agencies..........     $120,106      $120,123     $150,045       $148,141     $116,296       $116,728
 Corporate debentures..................       13,755        14,365       37,656         38,171       77,227         78,662
 Public utility........................        2,247         2,271        4,305          4,294        6,389          6,501
                                            --------      --------     --------       --------     --------       --------
  Total bonds and other debt               
   securities..........................      136,108       136,759      192,006        190,606      199,912        201,891
                                            --------      --------     --------       --------     --------       --------
Equity securities:
 Perpetual preferred stock.............        2,768         2,843          250            251          250            256
                                            --------      --------     --------       --------     --------       --------
  Total equity securities..............        2,768         2,843          250            251          250            256
                                            --------      --------     --------       --------     --------       --------
Mortgage-backed securities:
 FHLMC.................................       34,015        34,120       47,217         46,406       61,529         61,845
 FNMA..................................       55,559        56,068       83,727         83,756      105,374        106,265
 GNMA..................................      125,585       126,922       10,973         10,876       11,354         11,190
                                            --------      --------     --------       --------     --------       --------
  Total mortgage-backed securities.....      215,159       217,110      141,917        141,038      178,257        179,300
                                            --------      --------     --------       --------     --------       --------
  Total debt and equity securities
   available for sale:.................      354,035       356,712      334,173        331,895      378,419        381,447
                                            ========      ========     ========       ========     ========       ========

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS AND FEDERAL
   FUNDS SOLD                                 84,838       84,838       27,465         27,465        7,438          7,438
FHLB - NEW YORK STOCK                         14,356       14,356        4,158          4,158        3,787          3,787
                                            --------     --------     --------       --------     --------       --------
  Total debt and equity securities......    $453,229     $455,906     $365,796       $363,518     $389,644       $392,672
                                            ========     ========     ========       ========     ========       ========
</TABLE>


          MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  All  of the  mortgage-backed  securities
currently  held by the Company are issued or guaranteed by FNMA,  FHLMC or GNMA.
At December 31, 1997, the Company had $217.1 million invested in mortgage-backed
securities,   of  which   $37.2   million  was   invested   in   adjustable-rate
mortgage-backed   securities.   The  Company  anticipates  that  investments  in
mortgage-backed  securities  may continue to be used in the future to supplement
mortgage lending activities.



                                       22
<PAGE>


     The  following  table sets forth the Company's  mortgage-backed  securities
purchases, sales and principal repayments for the years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             FOR THE
                                                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                             1997             1996            1995
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>              <C>     
At beginning of year                                                       $141,038         $179,300        $174,939

Purchases of mortgage-backed securities                                     136,063            8,415          21,444
Amortization of unearned premium, net of
  accretion of unearned discount                                               (473)            (908)           (849)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on
  mortgage-backed securities available for sale                               2,830           (2,249)          9,427

Less:
  Sales of mortgage-backed securities                                        33,934            4,742              --
  Principal repayments received on mortgage-backed securities                28,414           38,778          25,661
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
  Net (decrease) increase in mortgage-backed securities                      76,072          (38,262)          4,361
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
At end of year                                                             $217,110         $141,038        $179,300
                                                                           =========================================

</TABLE>

     Mortgage-backed  securities are more liquid than individual  mortgage loans
and may be used  more  easily  to  collateralize  obligations  of the  Bank.  In
general,  mortgage-backed  securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA and FHLMC are
weighted  at  20%  for   risk-based   capital   purposes  and  GNMA  issues  are
risk-weighted at 0%, compared to the risk weighting  assigned to non-securitized
whole loans of 50%.

     While mortgage-backed securities carry a reduced credit risk as compared to
whole  loans,  such  securities  remain  subject to the risk that a  fluctuating
interest  rate  environment,  along with other  factors  such as the  geographic
distribution of the underlying  mortgage loans, may alter the prepayment rate of
such mortgage  loans and so affect both the  prepayment  speed and value of such
securities.  The Bank held one collateralized mortgage obligation ("CMO") with a
market value of $4.5 million at December 31, 1996 and none at December 31, 1997.
The Bank does not have any derivative instruments,  including CMO's, with market
values that are extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates.



                                       23
<PAGE>


     The table  below sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the  carrying
value,  annualized weighted average yields, and maturities of the Company's debt
and equity  securities at December 31, 1997. The  stratification  of balances is
based on stated  maturities.  Assumptions for repayments and prepayments are not
reflected for mortgage-backed securities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        ONE YEAR        ONE TO        FIVE TO      MORE THAN
                                        OR LESS       FIVE YEARS     TEN YEARS     TEN YEARS              TOTAL SECURITIES
                                    -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ------------------------------------
                                                                                                AVERAGE
                                    AMOR- WEIGHTED AMOR- WEIGHTED AMOR- WEIGHTED AMOR- WEIGHTED REMAINING  AMOR-  ESTIMATED WEIGHTED
                                    TIZED AVERAGE  TIZED AVERAGE  TIZED  AVERAGE TIZED AVERAGE  YEARS TO   TIZED   MARKET    AVERAGE
                                    COST   YIELD   COST   YIELD   COST    YIELD  COST   YIELD   MATURITY   COST    VALUE      YIELD
                                   ------ ------ ------- ------ -------- ------ ------ -------  --------  ------- -------- --------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                <C>     <C>   <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>        <C>  
Securities available for sale:
   Bonds and other debt
     securities:
     U.S. government agencies....  $1,105  5.65% $18,802  6.49%  $95,199  6.85%  $5,000  6.68%    7.29    $120,106 $120,123   6.78%
     Corporate debt..............      --    --   12,049  6.45       198  8.80    1,508  7.73     3.32      13,755   14,365   6.62
   Public Utility................     149  5.50    1,094  6.46     1,004  7.38       --    --     3.41       2,247    2,271   6.81
                                   ------ ------ ------- ------  -------  -----  ------ -----  -------    -------  -------- ------
     Total bonds and other debt     
     securities..................   1,254  5.63   31,945  6.47    96,401  6.86    6,508  6.92     6.81     136,108  136,759   6.76
                                   ------ ------ ------- ------  -------  -----  ------ -----  -------    -------  -------- ------
   Equity securities:
     Perpetual preferred stock...      --    --    2,201  8.10       309  7.48      258  6.72       --      2,768    2,843   7.90
                                   ------ ------ ------- ------  -------  -----  ------ -----  -------    -------  -------- ------
       Total equity securities...      --    --    2,201  8.10       309  7.48      258  6.72       --      2,768    2,843   7.90
                                   ------ ------ ------- ------  -------  -----  ------ -----  -------    -------  -------- ------
   Mortgage-backed securities:
     FHLMC.......................      --    --    1,156  7.50     1,527  6.75   31,332  7.62    19.30     34,015   34,120   7.58
     FNMA........................      --    --    1,589  6.37     3,185  6.77   50,785  7.38    20.07     55,559   56,068   7.32
     GNMA........................      --    --       --    --       684  7.97  124,901  7.75    29.21    125,585  126,922   7.75
                                   ------ ------ ------- ------  -------  ----- ------- -----  -------    -------  -------- ------
       Total mortgage-backed
       securities................      --    --    2,745  6.85     5,396  6.92  207,018  7.64    25.29    215,159  217,110   7.61
                                   ------ ------ ------- ------  -------  ----- ------- -----  -------    -------  -------- ------
   Interest-bearing deposits
     and Federal funds sold......  84,838  6.36       --    --        --    --       --    --       --     84,838   84,838   6.36
   FHLB - New York stock.........      --    --       --    --        --    --   14,356  7.05       --     14,356   14,356   7.05
                                   ------ ------ ------- ------  -------  -----  ------- ----- -------    -------  -------- ------
       Total securities.......... $86,092  6.35% $36,891  6.60% $102,106  6.86% $228,140 7.58%   14.11   $453,229 $455,906   7.11%
                                   ====== ====== ======= ======  =======  =====  ======= ===== =======    =======  ======== ====== 
</TABLE>



                                       24
<PAGE>


SOURCES OF FUNDS

     GENERAL. Deposits,  FHLB-NY borrowings,  principal and interest payments on
loans,  mortgage-backed  and other securities,  and proceeds from sales of loans
and securities are the Company's primary sources of funds for lending, investing
and other general purposes.

     DEPOSITS.  The Bank offers a variety of deposit  accounts having a range of
interest rates and terms.  The Bank's deposits  principally  consist of passbook
accounts, money market accounts,  demand accounts, NOW accounts and certificates
of deposit.  The Bank has a relatively stable retail deposit base drawn from its
market area  through its seven full  service  offices.  The Bank seeks to retain
existing  depositor  relationships  by offering  quality service and competitive
interest rates,  while keeping deposit growth within  reasonable  limits.  It is
management's  intention  to balance its goal to remain  competitive  in interest
rates on  deposits  while  seeking to manage  its cost of funds to  finance  its
strategies.

     The Bank's core deposits,  consisting of passbook  accounts,  NOW accounts,
money market,  and  non-interest  bearing  demand  accounts,  are typically more
stable and lower  cost than  other  sources  of  funding.  However,  the flow of
deposits  into a  particular  type of account  is  influenced  significantly  by
general  economic  conditions,  changes in money market and prevailing  interest
rates and  competition.  During the current low interest rate  environment,  the
Bank experienced a shift by depositors from passbook  accounts to higher costing
certificate of deposit accounts. Although the Bank has not had to raise interest
rates on its  deposit  accounts  to remain  competitive,  it has had to increase
borrowing  activity.  These trends  contributed to the increase in the Company's
higher  average  cost of  funds  from  4.39%  for  1996 to  4.74%  for  1997.  A
continuation of these trends could result in a further increase in the Company's
cost of funds and a narrowing of the Company's net interest margin.

     At December 31, 1997, $29.9 million,  or 4.55% of the Bank's total deposits
consisted  of  certificates  of deposit  accounts  with a balance of $100,000 or
greater.



                                       25
<PAGE>


     The  following  table sets  forth the  distribution  of the Bank's  deposit
accounts at the dates indicated and the weighted  average nominal interest rates
on each category of deposits presented.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            AT DECEMBER 31,
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997                         1996                           1995
                                         ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
                                                             WEIGHTED                     WEIGHTED                         WEIGHTED
                                                   PERCENT   AVERAGE            PERCENT   AVERAGE              PERCENT     AVERAGE
                                                   OF TOTAL  NOMINAL            OF TOTAL  NOMINAL              OF TOTAL    NOMINAL
                                          AMOUNT   DEPOSITS   RATE     AMOUNT   DEPOSITS   RATE      AMOUNT    DEPOSITS     RATE
                                          ------   --------  --------- ------   --------  ---------- ------    --------    --------
                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

    <S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>
    Passbook accounts<F1>                $201,668   30.74%     2.85%   $209,690   35.88%    2.86%    $215,578     38.52%     2.86%
    NOW accounts<F1>                       23,825    3.63      1.90      21,408     3.66    1.90       19,565      3.49      1.90
    Demand accounts<F1>                    22,089    3.37        --      10,293     1.76      --       10,372      1.85        --
    Mortgagors' escrow deposits<F1>         2,074    0.32      1.17       3,425     0.59    2.00        2,457      0.44      2.00
                                         ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
           Total........................  249,656   38.06      2.49     244,816    41.89    2.64      247,972     44.30      2.66
                                         ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
    Money market accounts<F1>              23,526    3.59      2.84      25,180     4.31    2.81       27,590      4.93      2.81
    Certificate of deposit accounts:
       $100,000 or more.................   29,855    4.55      5.89      22,047     3.77    5.86       16,819      3.00      5.93
       CD's original maturity of:
           6 months and less............   47,747    7.28      5.25      50,228     8.59    5.04       46,617      8.33      5.05
           6 to 12 months...............   60,528    9.23      5.53      74,063    12.67    5.15       71,235     12.72      5.70
           12 to 30 months..............   97,250   14.82      5.53      86,853    14.87    6.20       71,297     12.73      6.06
           30 to 48 months..............   18,977    2.89      6.08      15,307     2.62    6.10       10,340      1.85      5.86
           48 to 72 months..............   66,684   10.18      6.40      47,079     8.05    6.10       47,445      8.47      6.25
           72 months or more............   33,083    5.04      6.65         901     0.15    5.90          929      0.17      5.90
       IRA and Keogh accounts              23,604    4.36      6.10      18,005     3.08    5.54       19,620      3.50      5.89
                                         ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
           Total........................  382,728   58.35      5.84     314,483    53.80    5.69      284,302     50.77      5.81
                                         ----------------------------- ----------------------------- ------------------------------
    Total deposits                       $655,910  100.00%    4.46%    $584,479   100.00%   4.29%    $559,864    100.00%     4.27%
                                         ============================= ============================= ==============================
<FN>
<F1>Weighted average nominal rate as of the year end date equals the stated rate offered.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       26
<PAGE>


     The  following  table  presents by various rate  categories,  the amount of
certificate of deposit accounts outstanding at the dates indicated and the years
to maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                                  -------------------------------------
                                                        AT DECEMBER 31,            WITHIN   ONE TO
                                                ------------------------------      ONE      THREE    THERE-
                                                  1997       1996       1995        YEAR     YEARS    AFTER     TOTAL
                                                --------   --------   --------    --------  --------  -------  --------
            <S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
            Certificate of deposit accounts:
            2.99 or less....................       $625        $37         $47        $392      $134      $99      $625
            3.00 to 3.99....................         --         --           2          --        --       --        --
            4.00 to 4.99....................     21,265     28,283      21,338      21,265        --       --    21,265
            5.00 to 5.99....................     220,994    192,557    150,410     155,286    59,719   $5,989   220,994
            6.00 to 6.99....................     124,682     59,822     75,448      34,363    71,985   18,334   124,682
            7.00 to 7.99....................      15,163     33,784     37,057       2,985     8,346    3,832    15,163
            8.00 to 8.99....................          --         --         --          --        --       --        --
                                                --------   --------   --------    --------  --------  -------  --------
            Total...........................    $382,729   $314,483   $284,302    $214,291  $140,184  $28,254  $382,729
                                                ========   ========   ========    ========  ========  =======  ========
</TABLE>

     The following table presents by various  maturity  categories the amount of
certificate  of deposit  accounts  with balances of $100,000 or more at December
31, 1997 and their annualized weighted average interest rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AMOUNT            WEIGHTED AVERAGE RATE
                                                        ----------------------  ---------------------------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Maturity Period:
    <S>                                                        <C>                       <C>  
    Three months or less................................       $ 4,063                   5.59%
    Over three through six months.......................         5,299                   5.49
    Over six through 12 months..........................         6,104                   5.55
    Over 12 months......................................        14,390                   6.30
                                                        ----------------------  ---------------------------
Total...................................................       $29,856                   5.91%
                                                        ======================  ===========================

</TABLE>


     The  following  table  presents  the  deposit  activity of the Bank for the
periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------------
                                                               1997          1996       1995
                                                              -------       -------    -------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
           <S>                                                <C>           <C>        <C>  
           Net deposits/(withdrawals)<F1><F2>..........       $(6,009)      $   453    $ 5,376
           Interest credited on deposits...............        26,566        24,162     22,347
           Deposits acquired with New York Federal.....        50,875            --         --
                                                              -------       -------    -------
           Total increase in deposits..................       $71,432       $24,615    $27,723
                                                              =======       =======    =======


- -------------
<FN>
<F1>Includes mortgagors' escrow deposits.
<F2>Reflects  deposits  attributable  to  subscription  orders in the Conversion in 1995, in  the amounts of $146.0 million
    deposited and $162.4 million withdrawn.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       27
<PAGE>


     The  following  table sets  forth the  distribution  of the Bank's  average
deposit  accounts  for the years  indicated,  the  percentage  of total  deposit
portfolio,  and the average  interest cost of each deposit  category  presented.
Average balances for all years shown are derived from daily balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997                           1996                           1995
                                      ------------------------------  ------------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                  PERCENT                         PERCENT                        PERCENT
                                       AVERAGE    OF TOTAL   AVERAGE   AVERAGE    OF TOTAL   AVERAGE   AVERAGE   OF TOTAL   AVERAGE
                                       BALANCE    DEPOSITS    COST     BALANCE    DEPOSITS    COST     BALANCE   DEPOSITS    COST
                                      --------    --------   -------  --------   ---------   -------  --------   --------   -------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>  
Passbook accounts.................    $206,196     33.56%     2.85%   $214,843    37.55%     2.86%    $227,740    40.73%     2.84%
NOW accounts......................      22,679      3.69      1.90      19,483     3.41      1.90       18,520     3.31      1.88
Demand accounts...................      12,306      2.00        --      10,230     1.79        --       12,865     2.30        --
Mortgagors' escrow deposits.......       6,044      0.98      1.17       4,292     0.75      1.47        4,136     0.74      1.38
Total.............................     247,225     40.23      2.58     248,848    43.50      2.64      263,261    47.08      2.61
Money market accounts.............      24,367      3.97      2.84      26,470     4.63      2.80       31,145     5.57      2.79
Subscription deposits.............          --        --        --          --       --        --        4,261     0.76      2.77
Certificate of deposit accounts...     342,898     55.80      5.68     296,867    51.87      5.68      260,462    46.59      5.60
                                       -------    --------   -------  --------   --------    -------  --------   --------   -------
Total deposits....................    $614,490    100.00%     4.32%   $572,185   100.00%     4.22%    $559,129   100.00%     4.01%
                                      ========    ========   =======  ========   ========    =======  ========   ========   =======

</TABLE>

     BORROWINGS.  Although  deposits are the Bank's primary source of funds, the
Bank  has  increased  utilization  of  borrowings  as an  alternative  and  cost
effective  source of funds for lending,  investing and other  general  purposes.
Upon the Bank's  conversion from a New York State chartered  mutual savings bank
to a federally  chartered mutual savings bank on May 10, 1994, the Bank became a
member of, and became  eligible  to obtain  advances  from,  the  FHLB-NY.  Such
advances  generally  are secured by a blanket lien  against the Bank's  mortgage
portfolio  and  the  Bank's  investment  in  the  stock  of  the  FHLB-NY.   See
"Regulations  -- Federal  Home Loan Bank  System".  The maximum  amount that the
FHLB-NY will advance for purposes other than for meeting withdrawals  fluctuates
from time to time in accordance with the policies of the FHLB-NY.



                                       28
<PAGE>


     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Bank's
borrowed funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             -------------------------------------------
                                                                                1997            1996             1995
                                                                             ----------      -----------       ---------
                                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                                   <C>                <C>               <C>
      SECURITIES SOLD WITH THE AGREEMENT TO REPURCHASE:
      Average balance outstanding....................................         $6,986                --             $395
      Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
         during the period...........................................       $100,000                --            5,000
      Balance outstanding at the end of period.......................       $100,000                --               --
      Weighted average interest rate during the period...............          5.83%                --             6.11%
      Weighted average interest rate at end of period................          5.83%                --               --

      FHLB-NY ADVANCES:..............................................
      Average balance outstanding....................................       $104,304           $36,396           $4,767
      Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
         during the period...........................................        187,112            51,000           10,000
      Balance outstanding at the end of period.......................        187,112            51,000               --
      Weighted average interest rate during the period...............          6.34%             5.77%             7.00%
      Weighted average interest rate at end of period................          6.34%             5.85%               --

      OTHER BORROWINGS:
      Average balance outstanding....................................            $75                --               --
      Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
         during the period...........................................            $75                --               --
      Balance outstanding at the end of period.......................            $75                --               --
      Weighted average interest rate during the period...............             --                --               --
      Weighted average interest rate at end of period................             --                --               --

      TOTAL BORROWINGS:
      Average balance outstanding....................................       $111,365           $36,396           $5,162
      Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
         during the period...........................................        287,187            51,000           15,000
      Balance outstanding at the end of period.......................        287,187            51,000               --
      Weighted average interest rate during the period...............          6.16%             5.77%             6.93%
      Weighted average interest rate at end of period................          6.16%             5.85%               --
</TABLE>


SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES

     At December 31, 1997,  the Bank had three  wholly-owned  subsidiaries:  FSB
Properties, Inc. ("Properties"), Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation ("FPFC")
and 780 East 138th Street Property Corporation ("780 Corp.").

     (a)  Properties  was formed in 1976 under the Bank's New York State  leeway
investment authority.  The original purpose of Properties was to engage in joint
venture real estate equity  investments.  These activities were  discontinued by
the Bank in 1986.  The last  joint  venture  in which  Properties  was a partner
dissolved in 1989.



                                       29
<PAGE>


     (b)  FPFC  was  formed  in the  fourth  quarter  of 1997  as a real  estate
investment trust for the purpose of acquiring,  holding and managing real estate
mortgage assets.

     (c) 780 Corp.  was formed by New York Federal prior to its  acquisition  by
the  Company to take title to  foreclosed  properties.  780 Corp.  is  currently
inactive.

     In the first quarter of 1998, the Bank formed a fourth subsidiary, Flushing
Service  Corporation  ("Service Corp."), to market insurance products and mutual
funds.  The  insurance  products and mutual funds sold are products of unrelated
insurance and securities firms from which Service Corp. earns a commission.

PERSONNEL

     At December 31, 1997, the Bank had 177 full-time employees and 51 part-time
employees.  None  of  the  Bank's  employees  are  represented  by a  collective
bargaining unit, and the Bank considers its  relationship  with its employees to
be good.



                                       30
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other  information  contained  in this Annual  Report on
Form 10-K, the following factors and other  considerations  should be considered
carefully in evaluating the Company, the Bank and their business.

EFFECT OF INTEREST RATES

     Like most  financial  institutions,  the  Company's  results of  operations
depends to a large  degree on its net  interest  income.  When  interest-bearing
liabilities  mature or reprice  more  quickly than  interest-earning  assets,  a
significant  increase  in market  interest  rates  could  adversely  affect  net
interest income. Conversely, under such circumstances, a significant decrease in
market  interest  rates could result in  increased  net  interest  income.  As a
general  matter,  the Company  seeks to manage its business to limit its overall
exposure to interest rate fluctuations. However, fluctuations in market interest
rates are neither  predictable nor  controllable and may have a material adverse
impact on the operations and financial condition of the Company.

     Prevailing  interest rates also affect the extent to which borrowers prepay
and refinance  loans.  Declining  interest  rates tend to result in an increased
number of loan prepayments and loan refinancings to lower than original interest
rates, as well as prepayments of  mortgage-backed  securities.  Such prepayments
adversely  affect the average  yield on the Company's  loan and  mortgage-backed
securities portfolio, the value of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities
in the Company's  portfolio,  the levels of such assets that are retained by the
Company,  net interest income and loan servicing income.  However,  the Bank may
receive  additional  loan fees when  existing  loans are  refinanced,  which may
partially  offset  reduced  yield on the Bank's loan  portfolio  resulting  from
prepayments. In periods of low interest rates, the Bank's level of core deposits
also may  decline  if  depositors  seek  higher  yielding  instruments  or other
investments not offered by the Bank,  which in turn may increase the Bank's cost
of funds and decrease its net interest margin to the extent alternative  funding
sources are utilized.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

     Multi-family and commercial real estate loans, the increased origination of
which is part of  management's  strategy,  are generally  viewed as exposing the
lender to a greater  risk of loss than  fully  underwritten  one-to-four  family
residential  loans and  typically  involve  higher  principal  amounts per loan.
Repayment  of  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  generally  is
dependent,  in large part,  upon  sufficient  income from the  property to cover
operating expenses and debt service. Economic events and government regulations,
which are outside the control of the  borrower or lender,  also could affect the
value of the  security  for the loan or the  future  cash  flow of the  affected
properties.

     As a result of  management's  strategy  to  increase  its  originations  of
one-to-four  family  mortgage loans through more aggressive  marketing,  and the
Bank's  commitment  to  be  a   community-oriented   bank,  the  Bank  increased
substantially  the  origination of residential  mortgage loans to  self-employed
individuals  within the  Bank's  local  community  without  verification  of the
borrower's  level of  income.  These  loans  involve a higher  degree of risk as
compared to the Bank's other fully  underwritten  residential  mortgage loans as
there is a greater opportunity for borrowers to falsify or overstate their level
of income and ability to service  indebtedness.  To mitigate this risk, the Bank
typically limits the amount of these loans to 70% of the appraised value or sale
price,  whichever  is  less.  These  loans  are not as  readily  salable  in the
secondary market as the Bank's other fully underwritten  loans,  either as whole
loans or when pooled or securitized.

     The future  earnings  prospects  of the Bank will be affected by the Bank's
ability  to  compete  effectively  with  other  financial  institutions  and  to
implement its business strategies.  There can be no assurance that the Bank will



                                       31
<PAGE>


be able to  successfully  implement  its business  strategies.  In assessing the
future earnings  prospects of the Bank,  investors should consider,  among other
things,  the Bank's level of origination of one-to-four family loans, the Bank's
proposed increased emphasis on commercial real estate and multi-family loans and
the  greater  risks  associated  with  such  loans.  See  "Business  --  Lending
Activities".

LOCAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

     Although general economic conditions in the New York City metropolitan area
have improved  since the early 1990's,  there can be no assurance that the local
economy will continue to improve or remain at current conditions.

     A decline in the local economy,  national economy or metropolitan area real
estate  market could  adversely  affect the  financial  condition and results of
operations  of the  Company,  including  through  decreased  demand for loans or
increased  competition for good loans,  increased  non-performing loans and loan
losses and  resulting  additional  provisions  for loan losses and for losses on
real estate  owned.  Although  management  of the Bank believes that the current
allowance for loan losses is adequate in light of current  economic  conditions,
many factors may require  additions to the  allowance  for loan losses in future
periods above those reasonably  anticipated.  These factors include: (i) adverse
changes in economic conditions and changes in interest rates that may affect the
ability of borrowers to make  payments on loans,  (ii) changes in the  financial
capacity of individual borrowers,  (iii) changes in the local real estate market
and the  value of the  Bank's  loan  collateral,  and  (iv)  future  review  and
evaluation of the Bank's loan portfolio, internally or by regulators. The amount
of the allowance  for loan losses at any time  represents  good faith  estimates
that are susceptible to significant  changes due to changes in appraisal  values
of collateral,  national and regional economic  conditions,  prevailing interest
rates and other factors. See "Business Allowance for Loan Losses."

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     The Company  utilizes and is  dependent  upon data  processing  systems and
software to conduct  its  business.  The data  processing  systems and  software
include  those  developed  and  maintained  by the  Company's  third  party data
processing vendor and purchased software run on in-house computer  networks.  As
the year 2000 approaches,  a critical  business issue has emerged  regarding how
existing  application  software  programs and operating  systems can accommodate
this date value. As a result, in 1997, the Company  established a year 2000 task
force to assure that its  computer  systems will  function  properly in the year
2000.  The task force has  contacted the Company's  data  processing  vendor and
software suppliers to determine whether the systems used by the Company are year
2000  compliant  and, if not, to assess the  corrective  steps being taken.  The
Company's  data  processing  vendor and the majority of the other  vendors which
have been contacted have indicated that their hardware  and/or  software will be
year 2000  compliant.  Testing  will be  performed  for  compliance  and regular
monthly  reports will be submitted  to the  Company's  Board of Directors by the
task force.  While their may be some expense incurred during the next two years,
year 2000  compliance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's
consolidated  financial  condition,  results of  operations  or cash flows.  See
"Regulation--Year 2000 Compliance."

PENDING LEGISLATION

     Legislation  has been enacted that provides for a merger of the two deposit
insurance  funds  administered  by the FDIC on January 1, 1999,  if there are no
savings  associations in existence on that date.  Pursuant to that  legislation,
the United States  Treasury  Department in May 1997  recommended  in a report to
Congress  that  separate  charters for thrifts and banks be  abolished.  Various
proposals to eliminate the federal thrift  charter,  create a uniform  financial
institutions  charter,  conform holding  company  regulation and abolish the OTS
have been  introduced in Congress.  The House Committee on Banking and Financial
Services has considered and reported H.R. 10, the Financial Services Competition
Act of 1997,  including Title III, the "Thrift Charter  Transition Act of 1997."



                                       32
<PAGE>


This act would (i) require federal  savings  associations to convert to national
banks or some type of state charter  within two years of  enactment;  (ii) merge
the two deposit insurance funds  administered by the FDIC; and (iii) combine the
OTS with the Office of the  Comptroller  of the  Currency.  A converted  federal
thrift  generally  would be  permitted  to continue  to engage in any  activity,
including  the  holding of any asset,  lawfully  conducted  on the date prior to
enactment,  retain all branches established or proposed in a pending application
as of  enactment  and  establish  new  branches  in any  state in which it has a
branch.  Otherwise it may establish new branches only under national bank rules.
Beginning  two years after  enactment,  national  banks would be  authorized  to
exercise all powers formerly authorized for federal savings associations.

     Under  H.R.  10,  holding  companies  for  converted  savings  associations
generally would become subject to the same regulation as bank holding companies,
with a grandfather  provision  for former  unitary  savings and loan  companies.
Grandfathered   companies   would  be  permitted   to  maintain  and   establish
affiliations  with any type of  company  and to  acquire  additional  depository
institutions,  as long as any acquired depository institution is merged into its
converted savings association and such institution continues to comply with both
the qualified thrift lender test and certain asset and investment limitations to
which it was subject as a federal savings association.

     H.R. 10, if adopted,  would  substantially  repeal the  Glass-Steagall  Act
restrictions  on bank  affiliations  with  securities  firms and  thereby  allow
commercial banking and investment  banking to be combined.  It would also repeal
restrictions on bank affiliations with insurance companies.

     Various revisions and alternatives to H.R. 10 have been proposed. There can
be no  assurance  as to whether  H.R. 10 or any other such  legislation  will be
enacted  or what the  provisions  of any such  final  legislation  may be.  As a
result,  management  cannot  accurately  predict  the  possible  impact  of such
legislation  on  the  Bank  or  the  Company.  See   "Regulations--Insurance  of
Accounts."

LEGISLATION AND PROPOSED CHANGES

     From  time  to  time,  legislation  is  enacted  which  has the  effect  of
increasing  the  cost of  doing  business,  limiting  or  expanding  permissible
activities  or  affecting  the  competitive  balance  between  banks  and  other
financial  institutions.  Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing
the  operations  and  taxation  of banks and other  financial  institutions  are
frequently made in Congress, in the New York legislature and before various bank
regulatory agencies. No prediction can be made as to the likelihood of any major
changes or the impact such changes might have on the Bank or the Company.

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     On September 17, 1996, the Company  adopted a Stockholder  Rights Plan (the
"Rights Plan") designed to preserve  long-term  values and protect  stockholders
against stock  accumulations and other abusive tactics to acquire control of the
Company.  Under the  Rights  Plan,  each  stockholder  of record at the close of
business on September 30, 1996 received a dividend  distribution of one right to
purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of a new series of junior
participating preferred stock at a price of $64, subject to certain adjustments.
The rights will become  exercisable  only if any person or group acquires 15% or
more of the Common  Stock or  commences a tender or  exchange  offer  which,  if
consummated,  would  result in that  person or group  owning at least 15% of the
Common Stock (the "acquiring  person or group").  In such case, all stockholders
other than the acquiring person or group will be entitled to purchase, by paying
the $64 exercise price, Common Stock (or a common stock equivalent) with a value
of twice the  exercise  price.  In addition,  at any time after such event,  and
prior to the  acquisition  by any  person or group of 50% or more of the  Common
Stock, the Board of Directors may, at its option, require each outstanding right



                                       33
<PAGE>


(other than rights held by the  acquiring  person or group) to be exchanged  for
one share of Common Stock (or one common stock equivalent). The rights expire on
September 30, 2006.

     The Rights Plan, as well as certain provisions of the Company's Certificate
of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws,  the Bank's  federal  Stock  charter and Bylaws,
certain  federal  regulations  and provisions of Delaware  corporation  law, and
certain provisions of remuneration plans and agreements  applicable to employees
and  officers  of the  Bank  may  have  anti-takeover  effects  by  discouraging
potential proxy contests and other takeover  attempts,  particularly those which
have not been negotiated with the Board of Directors.  The Rights Plan and these
provisions,  as well as applicable regulatory restrictions,  may also prevent or
inhibit the  acquisition  of a controlling  position in the Common Stock and may
prevent or inhibit takeover attempts that certain stockholders may deem to be in
their or other  stockholders'  interest or in the interest of the Company or the
Bank,  or in which  stockholders  may  receive a  substantial  premium for their
shares over then current market prices. The Rights Plan and these provisions may
also increase the cost of, and thus discourage,  any such future  acquisition or
attempt,  and would  render the removal of the  current  Board of  Directors  or
management of the Bank or the Company more difficult.

                        FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

     The  following  discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and
does not purport to be a comprehensive  description of the tax rules  applicable
to the Bank or the Company.

FEDERAL TAXATION

     GENERAL. The Company and the Bank will report their income using a calendar
year and the  accrual  method of  accounting.  The Company and the Bank are both
subject to the federal  tax laws and  regulations  which  apply to  corporations
generally,  including,  since the enactment of the Small Business Job Protection
Act in 1996 (the "Act"),  those  governing the Bank's  deductions for bad debts,
described below.

     BAD DEBT RESERVES. Prior to the enactment of the Act, which was signed into
law on August 20,  1996,  savings  institutions  which met certain  definitional
tests  primarily  relating  to their  assets  and the  nature of their  business
("qualifying thrifts"),  such as the Bank, were allowed deductions for bad debts
under methods more favorable than those granted to other  taxpayers.  Qualifying
thrifts could compute  deductions for bad debts using either the specific charge
off method of  Section  166 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code (the  "Code") or the
reserve method of Section 593 of the Code.

     Prior to its  modification  by the Act,  Section 593 permitted a qualifying
thrift to  establish  a  reserve  for bad  debts  and to make  annual  additions
thereto,  which, within specified formula limits,  could be deducted in arriving
at its taxable income.  A qualifying  thrift could elect annually to compute its
allowable  deduction to bad debt reserves for "qualifying  real property loans,"
generally loans secured by certain interests in real property,  under either (i)
the   "percentage  of  taxable   income"  method   applicable   only  to  thrift
institutions,  or (ii) the "experience"  method that also was available to small
banks.  Under the  "percentage  of taxable  income"  method,  subject to certain
limitations,  a  qualifying  thrift  generally  was allowed a  deduction  for an
addition to its bad debt reserve equal to 8% of its taxable  income  (determined
without regard to this  deduction and with  additional  adjustments).  Under the
experience  method, a qualifying thrift was generally allowed a deduction for an
addition to its bad debt reserve  equal to the greater of (i) an amount based on
its actual  average  experience  for losses in the  current  and five  preceding
taxable years, or (ii) an amount necessary to restore the reserve to its balance
as of the close of the base year,  defined as the last  taxable  year  beginning
before  January 1, 1988.  The Bank's  deduction  for  additions  to its bad debt
reserve  with  respect  to  non-qualifying  loans had to be  computed  under the
experience   method.   Any  deduction  for  the  addition  to  the  reserve  for
non-qualifying loans reduced the maximum permissible addition to the reserve for
qualifying real property loans calculated under the percentage of taxable income
method.



                                       34
<PAGE>


     Section  1616(a) of the Act  repealed  the Section  593  reserve  method of
accounting  for bad debts by  qualifying  thrifts,  effective  for taxable years
beginning after 1995.  Qualifying  thrifts that are treated as large banks, such
as the Bank,  are  required to use the specific  charge off method,  pursuant to
which the amount of any debt may be deducted only as it actually  becomes wholly
or partially worthless.

     A thrift  institution  required to change its method of computing  reserves
for bad debt is  required  to treat  such  change as a change  in the  method of
accounting,  initiated  by the taxpayer and having been made with the consent of
the  Secretary of the  Treasury.  Section  481(a) of the Code  requires  certain
amounts to be recaptured with respect to such change.  Generally,  the amount of
the thrift institution's "applicable excess reserves" must be included in income
ratably over a six-taxable  year period,  beginning  with the first taxable year
beginning after 1995. In the case of a thrift  institution  that is treated as a
large bank, such as the Bank, the amount of the institution's  applicable excess
reserves  generally  is the excess of (i) the balances of its reserve for losses
on qualifying  real property  loans and its reserve for losses on  nonqualifying
loans as of the close of its last taxable year beginning before January 1, 1996,
over (ii) the balances of such reserves as of the close of its last taxable year
beginning  before January 1, 1988 (i.e.,  the "pre-1988  reserves").  The Bank's
applicable excess reserves as of December 31, 1995 were  approximately  $20,000.
For the  taxable  year  ending  December  31,  1996,  the repeal of the bad debt
reserve  deduction  resulted in an  increased  federal  income tax  liability of
approximately $121,000.

     DISTRIBUTIONS.   To  the   extent   that   the  Bank   makes   "nondividend
distributions"  to shareholders  that are considered to result in  distributions
from the  pre-1988  reserves  or the  supplemental  reserve  for losses on loans
("excess distributions"), then an amount based on the amount distributed will be
included  in  the  Bank's  taxable  income.  Nondividend  distributions  include
distributions in excess of the Bank's current and post-1951 accumulated earnings
and profits,  as calculated  for federal income tax purposes,  distributions  in
redemption of stock and  distributions in partial or complete  liquidation.  The
amount of additional taxable income resulting from an excess  distribution is an
amount that when reduced by the tax  attributable  to the income is equal to the
amount of the excess  distribution.  Thus,  slightly  more than one and one-half
times the amount of the excess  distribution  made would be  includable in gross
income for federal income tax purposes,  assuming a 35% federal corporate income
tax rate.  See  "Restrictions  on  Dividends  and Capital  Distributions"  under
"Regulation"  for limits on the payment of dividends by the Bank.  The Bank does
not intend to pay dividends or make non-dividend  distributions  described above
that  would  result in a  recapture  of any  portion  of its  pre-1988  bad debt
reserves.

     CORPORATE  ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX. The Code imposes an alternative minimum
tax  (the  "AMT")  on  corporations  equal  to the  excess,  if  any,  of 20% of
alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI") over a corporation's regular federal
income tax liability.  AMTI is equal to taxable income with certain adjustments.
Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carryforwards.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

     NEW YORK STATE AND NEW YORK CITY  TAXATION.  The Bank is subject to the New
York State  Franchise Tax on Banking  Corporations  in an annual amount equal to
the greater of (i) 9% of "entire net income"  allocable to New York State during
the taxable year or (ii) the applicable alternative minimum tax. The alternative
minimum  tax is  generally  the  greater  of (a)  0.01% of the  value of  assets
allocable to New York State with certain  modifications,  (b) 3% of "alternative
entire net income" allocable to New York State or (c) $250. Entire net income is
similar to federal taxable income,  subject to certain modifications  (including
that net  operating  losses  cannot be  carried  back or carried  forward),  and
alternative  entire net income is equal to entire  net  income  without  certain
deductions which are allowable in the calculation of entire net income. The Bank
also is  subject  to a  similarly  calculated  New York City tax of 9% on income
allocated to New York City and similar alternative taxes. In addition,  the Bank
is subject to a temporary Metropolitan Transportation Business Tax Surcharge for



                                       35
<PAGE>


tax years ending  before  December  31,  2001,  at a rate of 17% of the New York
State Franchise Tax.

     Notwithstanding the repeal of the federal income tax provisions  permitting
bad debt  deductions  under the  reserve  method,  New York  State  has  enacted
legislation   maintaining  the  preferential  treatment  of  loss  reserves  for
qualifying real property loans of qualifying thrifts for both New York State and
New York City tax purposes.  For these  purposes,  the applicable  percentage to
calculate the bad debt  deduction  under the percentage of taxable income method
is 32% of taxable income, subject to the following  limitations:  (i) the amount
of the addition to the reserve  cannot  exceed the amount  necessary to increase
the balance of the reserve for losses on qualifying  real property  loans at the
close of the taxable year to 6% of the balance of the  qualifying  real property
loans  outstanding  at the end of the  taxable  year and (ii) the  reserves  for
losses on qualifying  real property and  non-qualifying  loans cannot exceed the
amount by which 12% of the amount of the total deposits or withdrawable accounts
of  depositors  of the Bank at the close of the taxable  year exceeds the sum of
the Bank's  surplus,  undivided  profits and  reserves at the  beginning of such
year.  The new  legislation  also allows an exclusion from entire net income for
New York  State  and New York  City tax  purposes  for any  amounts  a thrift is
required to include in federal  taxable  income as a  recapture  of its bad debt
reserve as a consequence of the Act.

     DELAWARE STATE TAXATION.  As a Delaware  holding company not earning income
in Delaware,  the Company is exempt from  Delaware  corporate  income tax but is
required to file an annual  report with and pay an annual  franchise  tax to the
State of Delaware.



                                       36
<PAGE>


                                   REGULATION

GENERAL

     On May 10, 1994, the Bank converted from a New York State chartered  mutual
savings bank to a federally  chartered  mutual  savings bank pursuant to Section
5(o) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended  ("HOLA").  On that date,  the OTS
replaced the New York State Banking Department (the "Banking Department") as the
Bank's  chartering  authority  and  the  FDIC  as  the  Bank's  primary  federal
regulator.  Although the FDIC is no longer the primary federal  regulator of the
Bank, the Bank remains  subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC as its
deposit insurer. The FDIC administered fund which insures the Bank's deposits is
the BIF. The Bank's deposits are insured up to the applicable  limits  permitted
by law. See "--Insurance of Accounts" and "Risk Factors--Pending Legislation."

     The Bank is also subject to certain regulations  promulgated by the Federal
Reserve Board. Moreover, in connection with converting to a federal charter, the
Bank has become a member of the FHLB-NY.

     The activities of federal savings institutions are governed by HOLA and, in
certain respects,  the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA").  Most regulatory
functions   relating  to  deposit   insurance   and  to   conservatorships   and
receiverships  of insured  institutions  are exercised by the FDIC.  The Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation  Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"),  among other
things,  requires  that federal  banking  regulators  intervene  promptly when a
depository  institution   experiences  financial   difficulties,   mandated  the
establishment of a risk-based  deposit insurance  assessment system and required
imposition of numerous additional safety and soundness operational standards and
restrictions.  FDICIA  and the  Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery,  and
Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") each contain  provisions  affecting  numerous
aspects of the operations and  regulations of federal savings banks and empowers
the  OTS  and  the  FDIC,  among  other  agencies,  to  promulgate   regulations
implementing its provisions.

     The OTS has extensive authority over the operations of the Bank. As part of
this authority,  the Bank is required to file periodic  reports with the OTS and
is subject to periodic  examinations by the OTS and back-up  examinations by the
FDIC. The Company,  as a savings and loan holding  company,  is required to file
certain  reports with, and otherwise  comply with the rules and  regulations of,
the OTS. The Company also is subject to regulation under the federal  securities
laws.

     Set forth  below is a brief  description  of certain  laws and  regulations
which relate to the regulation of the Bank and the Company. The description does
not purport to be a  comprehensive  description  of applicable  laws,  rules and
regulations  and is qualified in its entirety by reference to  applicable  laws,
rules and regulations.

INVESTMENT POWERS

           The  Bank  is  subject  to  comprehensive  regulation  governing  its
investments  and  activities.  Among  other  things,  the Bank may invest in (i)
residential  mortgage  loans,  education  loans  and  credit  card  loans  in an
unlimited  amount,  (ii)  non-residential  real estate loans up to 400% of total
capital,  (iii) commercial business loans up to 20% of assets (however,  amounts
over 10% of total assets must be used only for small business loans) and (iv) in
general,  consumer  loans and highly rated  commercial  paper and corporate debt
securities  in the  aggregate  up to 35% of assets.  In  addition,  the Bank may
invest up to 3% of its assets in service  corporations,  an unlimited percentage
of its assets in  operating  subsidiaries  (which may only engage in  activities
permissible  for the Bank  itself) and under  certain  conditions  may invest in
finance subsidiaries. Other than investments in service corporations,  operating
subsidiaries,  finance subsidiaries and stock of government-sponsored  agencies,
such as FHLMC and FNMA,  the Bank  generally  is not  permitted  to make  equity
investments.  See  "Business--Investment  Activities." A service  corporation in
which the Bank may  invest is  permitted  to  engage  in  activities  reasonably



                                       37
<PAGE>


related to the activities of a federal  savings bank as the OTS may approve on a
case by case basis and certain  activities  preapproved by the OTS, which, among
other things,  include  providing  certain support services for the institution;
originating,  investing in, selling, purchasing,  servicing or otherwise dealing
with specified  types of loans and  participations  (principally  loans that the
parent  institution  could make);  specified real estate  activities,  including
limited  real  estate  development,   securities  brokerage  services;   certain
insurance brokerage activities, and other specified investments and services.

REAL ESTATE LENDING STANDARDS

     FDICIA  requires each federal  banking agency to adopt uniform  regulations
prescribing  standards for  extensions of credit (i) secured by real estate,  or
(ii) made for the purpose of financing the  construction of improvements on real
estate. In prescribing  these standards,  the banking agencies must consider the
risk posed to the deposit  insurance  funds by real estate  loans,  the need for
safe and sound operation of insured depository institutions and the availability
of  credit.  The OTS and the other  federal  banking  agencies  adopted  uniform
regulations,  effective March 19, 1993. The OTS regulation requires each savings
association  to establish  and maintain  written  internal  real estate  lending
standards  consistent  with safe and sound banking  practices and appropriate to
the size of the  institution and the nature and scope of its real estate lending
activities. The policy must also be consistent with accompanying OTS guidelines,
which  include  maximum  loan-to-value  ratios for the  following  types of real
estate  loans:   raw  land  (65%),   land  development   (75%),   nonresidential
construction  (80%),  improved property (85%) and one-to-four family residential
construction  (85%).  Owner-occupied  one-to-four family mortgage loans and home
equity loans do not have maximum  loan-to-value  ratio limits,  but those with a
loan-to-value ratio at origination of 90% or greater are to be backed by private
mortgage  insurance  or readily  marketable  collateral.  Institutions  are also
permitted to make a limited  amount of loans that do not conform to the proposed
loan-to-value  limitations so long as such exceptions are appropriately reviewed
and justified.  The guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which
exceptions to the loan-to-value standard are justified.

LOANS-TO-ONE BORROWER LIMITS

     The Bank generally is subject to the same loans-to-one borrower limits that
apply to national banks. With certain exceptions, loans and extensions of credit
outstanding at one time to one borrower  (including  certain related entities of
the borrower) may not exceed 15% of the Bank's  unimpaired  capital and surplus,
plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured
by certain  readily  marketable  collateral.  At December 31, 1997,  the largest
amount the Bank could lend to one borrower was approximately $20.5 million,  and
at that date, the Bank's largest  aggregate amount of loans-to-one  borrower was
$14.1,   all  of   which   was   performing   according   to  its   terms.   See
"Business--Lending Activities."

INSURANCE OF ACCOUNTS

     The  deposits  of the Bank are  insured up to $100,000  per  depositor  (as
defined by law and  regulations)  by the BIF, which is administered by the FDIC.
As insurer,  the FDIC is authorized to conduct  examinations  of, and to require
reporting by, insured institutions. It also may prohibit any insured institution
from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose
a  serious  threat  to the BIF.  The FDIC  also has the  authority  to  initiate
enforcement  actions  where the OTS has failed or  declined  to take such action
after receiving a request to do so from the FDIC.

     Effective  January 1, 1994, a risk-based  assessment system was implemented
by the FDIC. Under the system, the FDIC assigns each institution to one of three
capital  categories  --  "well   capitalized,"   "adequately   capitalized"  and
"undercapitalized"  -- which are defined in the same  manner as the  regulations
establishing  the prompt  corrective  action system under Section 38 of FDIA, as
discussed   below.   These  three   categories   are  then  divided  into  three



                                       38
<PAGE>


subcategories which reflect varying levels of supervisory concern. The matrix so
created results in nine assessment risk classifications.

     Assessment rates during 1994 and most of 1995 ranged from $0.23 per $100 of
deposits for an institution in the highest  category to $0.31 of deposits for an
institution  in the lowest  category.  On August 8, 1995,  the FDIC  amended its
regulation on assessments  to establish a new  assessment  rate schedule for the
BIF ranging  from $0.04 per $100 of deposits for an  institution  in the highest
category  to  $0.31  per  $100 of  deposits  for an  institution  in the  lowest
category.  The FDIC's new rate schedule for the BIF was made  effective with the
first  day of the month  following  the  month in which  the BIF  achieved  full
capitalization to the statutory  required 1.25% reserve ratio, which occurred in
the second half of 1995.

     The Bank paid $1.3 million in federal deposit insurance premiums to the BIF
for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  As a result of the lowering of BIF rates
in August 1995,  the Bank paid  $824,000 in deposit  insurance  premiums for the
year  ended  December  31,  1995.  Thereafter,  the FDIC voted to reduce the BIF
assessment  schedule even further so that most BIF members,  including the Bank,
paid a statutory  minimum annual  assessment  rate of $2,000 for 1996. As of the
date of this Report, the annual FDIC assessment rate for BIF member institutions
varies between 0.00% to 0.27% per annum. At December 31, 1997, the Bank's annual
assessment rate was 0.00%.

     The Bank's assessment rate in effect from time to time will depend upon the
capital  category and  supervisory  subcategory to which the Bank is assigned by
the FDIC.  In  addition,  the FDIC is  authorized  to increase  federal  deposit
insurance  assessment  rates for BIF members to the extent  necessary to protect
the BIF and,  under  current  law,  would be required to increase  such rates to
$0.23 per $100 of  deposits  if the BIF  reserve  ratio  again  falls  below the
required 1.25%. Any increase in deposit insurance  assessment rates, as a result
of a change in the category or  subcategory to which the Bank is assigned or the
exercise of the FDIC's authority to increase  assessment rates generally,  could
have an adverse effect on the earnings of the Bank.

     Under the FDIA,  insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a
finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices,  is in
an unsafe or unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or has  violated  any
applicable law,  regulation,  rule, order or condition  imposed by the FDIC. The
management  of the Bank does not know of any  practice,  condition  or violation
that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

     On  September  30, 1996,  as part of an omnibus  appropriations  bill,  the
Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the "Funds Act") was enacted. The Funds Act
eliminated the deposit insurance premium disparity that existed since the second
half of 1995 between banks insured by the BIF and thrifts insured by the Savings
Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF").  The Act (i) required SAIF institutions to
pay a one-time special assessment to bring the SAIF's reserve ratio up to 1.25%,
(ii) requires BIF  institutions,  beginning January 1, 1997, to pay a portion of
the interest due on the Finance Corporation  ("FICO") bonds issued in connection
with the  savings  and loan  association  crisis  in the late  1980s,  and (iii)
requires BIF  institutions to pay their full pro rata share of the FICO payments
starting  the  earlier  of  January  1,  2000 or the date at  which  no  savings
institution  continues to exist.  Beginning January 1, 1997, the FICO assessment
on SAIF  institutions is at the rate of $0.065 per $100 of deposits and the FICO
assessment  on BIF  institutions  is at the rate of $0.013 per $100 of deposits.
These  rates are subject to change.  The Bank paid  $87,000 for its share of the
interest due on FICO bonds in 1997.

     Congress is considering  various  proposals to merge the BIF with the SAIF.
See "Risk  Factors--Pending  Legislation."  Adoption  of any of these  proposals
might increase the cost of deposit  insurance for all BIF insured  institutions,
including the Bank.



                                       39
<PAGE>


LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS

     The Bank is subject  to OTS  regulations  that  require  maintenance  of an
average  daily  balance  of liquid  assets  (cash and  certain  securities  with
detailed maturity limitations and marketability requirements) equal to a monthly
average of not less than a specified  percentage of its net withdrawable deposit
accounts  plus  short-term  borrowings.  The  OTS may  vary  the  amount  of the
liquidity requirement by regulation,  but only within pre-established  statutory
limits of no less than 4% and no greater than 10%. For 1996 and the greater part
of 1997,  OTS  regulation  set the liquidity  requirement at 5%, with a 1% short
term liquidity  requirement.  Amendments to OTS regulations,  effective November
27, 1997,  reduced the  liquidity  requirement  from 5% to 4% and removed the 1%
short term liquidity requirement.  In addition,  these amendments eliminated the
requirement  that  obligations  of FNMA,  GNMA and FHLMC must have five years or
less remaining until maturity to qualify as a liquid asset. At December 31, 1996
and 1997,  the Bank's  liquidity  ratio,  computed  in  accordance  with the OTS
requirements  prior to the amendment (and  therefore  excluding  FNMA,  GNMA and
FHLMC  obligations  with  maturities  greater than five  years),  was 10.91% and
13.45%, respectively. At December 31, 1997, the Bank's liquidity ratio, computed
in accordance  with the OTS  requirements,  as amended,  was 24.53%.  Unlike the
Bank,  the  Company  is  not  subject  to  OTS  regulatory  requirements  on the
maintenance of minimum levels of liquid assets.

QUALIFIED THRIFT LENDER TEST

     Institutions  regulated by the OTS are required to meet a qualified  thrift
lender ("QTL") test to avoid certain  restrictions on their  operations.  FDICIA
and applicable OTS  regulations  require such  institutions to maintain at least
65% of its portfolio assets (total assets less  intangibles,  properties used to
conduct the institution's  business and liquid assets not exceeding 20% of total
assets) in "qualified thrift  investments" on a monthly average basis in nine of
every 12 months.  Qualified thrift investments  constitute primarily residential
mortgage loans and related  investments,  including certain  mortgage-backed and
mortgage-related  securities. A savings institution that fails the QTL test must
either convert to a bank charter or, in general, it will be prohibited from: (i)
making an  investment  or engaging in any new  activity  not  permissible  for a
national  bank,  (ii) paying  dividends  not  permissible  under  national  bank
regulations,  (iii) obtaining  advances from any FHLB, and (iv) establishing any
new  branch  office in a location  not  permissible  for a national  bank in the
institution's  home state. One year following the institution's  failure to meet
the QTL test, any holding company parent of the institution must register and be
subject to supervision as a bank holding company.  In addition,  beginning three
years  after the  institution  failed  the QTL test,  the  institution  would be
prohibited  from  refinancing  any  investment  or engaging in any  activity not
permissible for a national bank and would have to repay any outstanding advances
from an FHLB as  promptly  as  possible.  At  December  31,  1997,  the Bank had
maintained  more  than  65%  of  its  "portfolio  assets"  in  qualified  thrift
investments  in at least nine of the preceding 12 months.  Accordingly,  on that
date, the Bank had met the QTL test.

     On September 30, 1996, as part of the omnibus appropriations bill, Congress
enacted the Economic  Growth and Paperwork  Reduction  Act of 1996  ("Regulatory
Paperwork Reduction Act"),  modifying and expanding  investment  authority under
the QTL test. Prior to the enactment of the Regulatory  Paperwork Reduction Act,
commercial,  corporate,  business,  or  agricultural  loans were  limited in the
aggregate to 10% of a thrift's  assets and education loans were limited to 5% of
a thrift's assets.  Further,  federal savings  associations  meeting a different
asset test under the Code (the "domestic  building and loan  association  test")
were  qualified for favorable  tax  treatment.  The  amendments  permit  federal
thrifts to invest in, sell, or otherwise deal in education and credit card loans
without  limitation  and raise  from 10% to 20% of total  assets  the  aggregate
amount of commercial,  corporate, business, or agricultural loans or investments
that may be made by a thrift, subject to a requirement that amounts in excess of
10% of total assets be used only for small  business  loans.  In  addition,  the
legislation  defines  "qualified thrift  investment" to include,  without limit,
education,  small business,  and credit card loans; and removes the 10% limit on
personal,  family,  or  household  loans  for  purposes  of the  QTL  test.  The



                                       40
<PAGE>


legislation  also provides that a thrift meets the QTL test if it qualifies as a
domestic building and loan association under the Code.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

     Transactions  between the Bank and any  related  party or  "affiliate"  are
governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate is any
company or entity which  controls,  is controlled by or is under common  control
with the Bank,  including the Company,  the Bank's  subsidiaries,  and any other
subsidiary  of the Bank or the  Company  that may be formed or  acquired  in the
future.  Generally,  Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the Bank
or its subsidiaries may engage in "covered  transactions" with any one affiliate
to an amount equal to 10% of the Bank's capital stock and surplus, and impose an
aggregate limit on all such  transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal
to 20% of such  capital  stock  and  surplus,  and  (ii)  require  that all such
transactions be on terms  substantially  the same, or at least as favorable,  to
the Bank or  subsidiary  as those  provided  to a  non-affiliate.  Each  loan or
extension of credit to an  affiliate  by the Bank must be secured by  collateral
with a  market  value  ranging  from  100% to  130%  (depending  on the  type of
collateral)  of the amount of credit  extended.  The term "covered  transaction"
includes the making of loans,  purchase of assets,  issuance of a guarantee  and
other similar types of transactions.  In addition,  the Bank may not (i) loan or
otherwise  extend credit to an affiliate,  except to any affiliate which engages
only in  activities  which are  permissible  for bank  holding  companies  under
Section 4(c) of the Bank Company Act, or (ii)  purchase or invest in any stocks,
bonds,  debentures,  notes or  similar  obligations  of any  affiliates,  except
subsidiaries of the Bank.

     In addition, the Bank is subject to Regulation O promulgated under Sections
22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.  Regulation O requires that loans by
the Bank to a director, executive officer or to a holder of more than 10% of the
Common Stock, and to certain affiliated interests of such insiders,  may not, in
the aggregate,  exceed the Bank's loans-to-one borrower limit. Loans to insiders
and their related interests must also be made on terms substantially the same as
offered,  and follow credit underwriting  procedures that are not less stringent
than those applied,  in comparable  transactions  to other  persons,  with prior
Board approval required for certain loans. In addition,  the aggregate amount of
extensions of credit by the Bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution's
unimpaired capital and surplus.  Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on
loans to executive officers of the Bank.

RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL DISTRIBUTIONS

     The Bank is subject to OTS  limitations  on  capital  distributions,  which
include cash  dividends,  stock  redemptions or repurchases,  cash-out  mergers,
interest payments on certain convertible debt and other distributions charged to
the Bank's  capital  account.  In general,  the  applicable  regulation  permits
specified levels of capital distributions by a savings institution that meets at
least its minimum capital  requirements,  so long as the OTS is provided with at
least 30 days' advance notice and has no objection to the distribution.

     The OTS regulation establishes three tiers of institutions, based primarily
on their capital level. Generally,  the Tier 1 group is composed of institutions
that before and after the proposed  distribution  meet or exceed all  applicable
capital requirements and have not been informed by the OTS that they are in need
of  more  than  normal  supervision.  A  Tier 1  institution  may  make  capital
distributions  during any  calendar  year equal to the higher of (i) 100% of net
income  for the  calendar  year-to-date  plus an  amount  that  would  reduce by
one-half its "surplus  capital  ratio" at the  beginning of the calendar year or
(ii) 75% of net income over the previous four quarters.  As applied to the Bank,
"surplus  capital ratio" means the percentage by which the Bank's ratio of total
capital to assets exceeds the ratio of its capital  requirement,  as modified to
reflect any applicable  individual minimum capital requirements imposed upon the
Bank.  Any  additional  capital  distributions  would require  prior  regulatory
approval.  In the event the Bank's capital fell below its capital requirement or
the OTS  notified  it that it was in need of more than normal  supervision,  the



                                       41
<PAGE>


Bank's ability to make capital  distributions would be restricted.  In addition,
the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which
would otherwise be permitted by the regulation,  if the OTS determines that such
distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  Furthermore, under
FDICIA,  the Bank would be prohibited from making any capital  distributions if,
after the  distribution,  the Bank would have:  (i) a total  risk-based  capital
ratio of less than 8%, (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4% or
(iii) a  leverage  ratio  of less  than 4% (3% in the  event  that  the  Bank is
assigned  a MACRO  Rating of 1, the  highest  examination  rating of the OTS for
savings  institutions).  At December  31, 1997,  the Bank  qualified as a Tier 1
institution for purposes of this  regulation.  In June 1996, the Bank's Board of
Directors declared a dividend of $11.5 million, which was paid to the Company in
installment  amounts from July to November  1996. The Bank's  allowable  capital
distribution at December 31, 1997 was approximately $21.6 million.

     Tier 2 institutions  are those in compliance  with their  current,  but not
their  fully  phased-in,  capital  requirements.  Tier 2  institutions  may make
distributions of up to 75% of their net income for the most recent  four-quarter
period.  Tier 1 and Tier 2  institutions  may seek OTS approval to pay dividends
beyond these amounts.

     Tier 3  institutions  have  capital  levels  below their  current  required
minimum  levels and may not make any  capital  distributions  without  the prior
written approval of the OTS.

     In order to make distributions under these safe harbors,  Tier 1 and Tier 2
institutions  must submit 30 days prior written  notice to the OTS of a proposed
distribution.  The OTS may object to the distribution  during that 30-day period
based on safety and soundness concerns. In addition, a Tier 1 institution deemed
to be in need of more than  normal  supervision  by the OTS may be  treated as a
Tier 2 or Tier 3 institution as a result of such a determination.

     In  January  of  1998,   the  OTS  proposed   amendments   to  its  capital
distributions  regulation.  The amendments  would  eliminate any requirement for
notice or application for cash dividends below a specified amount, provided that
the  institution  making  the  distribution  would  remain  at least  adequately
capitalized  following the  distribution.  If adopted as proposed,  the proposal
would reduce regulatory burden and compliance costs associated with some capital
distributions.  However,  there can be no  assurance  as to whether the proposal
will be adopted or what the provisions of the final amendment might be.

RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK REPURCHASES

     Pursuant to OTS  regulations,  the Company is prohibited from  repurchasing
any shares of Common  Stock  from any  person  for three  years from the date of
completion of the Conversion, except that such prohibition does not apply to (i)
a repurchase  on a pro rata basis  pursuant to an offer  approved by the OTS and
made to all stockholders of the Company;  (ii) a repurchase of qualifying shares
of a director or (iii) any other repurchase  permissible  under OTS regulations.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  pursuant  to OTS  regulations,  after one year
following the Conversion,  the Company may repurchase  shares of Common Stock so
long as (i) the purchases are part of an open-market  program not involving more
than 5% of the  outstanding  capital  stock during a twelve month period  unless
otherwise  approved by the OTS;  (ii) the  repurchases  do not cause the Bank to
become  undercapitalized  (see  "--Prompt  Corrective  Action");  and  (iii) the
Company  provides to the OTS no later than ten days prior to the commencement of
a repurchase program written notice containing a full description of the program
to be undertaken, and such program is not disapproved by the OTS.

     Under current OTS policies,  repurchases  may be allowed in amounts greater
than 5% in the second and third years following the  Conversion,  provided there
are  circumstances  that would  justify  such  repurchases  and the OTS does not
object.



                                       42
<PAGE>


     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had repurchased  1,073,850  shares, or
12.45% of the Common Stock  issued in the  Conversion,  at an aggregate  cost of
$20.2  million.  There were  7,864,620  shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  at
December 31, 1997. On that date, 302,946 shares remained to be repurchased under
the Company's current repurchase program.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM

     In  connection  with  converting  to a federal  charter,  the Bank became a
member of the FHLB-NY,  which is one of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated
by the Federal Housing Finance Board.  Each FHLB serves as a source of liquidity
for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds
derived from the sale of consolidated  obligations of the FHLB System.  It makes
loans to members  (i.e.,  advances) in accordance  with policies and  procedures
established by its Board of Directors.

     As a member,  the Bank is required to purchase  and  maintain  stock in the
FHLB-NY  in an  amount  equal  to  the  greater  of 1% of its  aggregate  unpaid
residential  mortgage loans, home purchase  contracts or similar  obligations at
the  beginning  of  each  year  or  5%  of  total  advances.  Pursuant  to  this
requirement,  at December  31,  1997,  the Bank was  required to maintain  $14.4
million of FHLB-NY stock.  The Bank was in compliance  with this  requirement at
that time.

ASSESSMENTS

           Savings   institutions   are  required  by  OTS  regulations  to  pay
assessments  to  the  OTS  to  fund  the  operations  of the  OTS.  The  general
assessment, paid on a quarterly or semi-annual basis, as determined from time to
time by the  Director  of the OTS, is  computed  upon the savings  institution's
total  assets,   including  consolidated   subsidiaries,   as  reported  in  the
institution's  latest quarterly thrift  financial  report.  Based on the average
balance of the Bank's  total assets for the year ended  December  31, 1997,  the
Bank's OTS assessments were $164,000 for that period.

BRANCHING

     OTS regulations permit federally  chartered savings  institutions to branch
nationwide  to the extent  allowed  by federal  statute.  This  permits  federal
savings associations to geographically diversify their loan portfolios and lines
of business.  The OTS  authority  preempts any state law  purporting to regulate
branching by federal savings institutions.

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT

     Under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  ("CRA"),  as  implemented  by OTS
regulations,  the Bank has a continuing and affirmative  obligation,  consistent
with its safe and sound  operation,  to help meet the credit needs of its entire
community,  including low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not
establish specific lending  requirements or programs for financial  institutions
nor does it limit an  institution's  discretion to develop the types of products
and  services  that it  believes  are best suited to its  particular  community,
consistent  with the CRA.  The CRA  requires  the OTS,  in  connection  with its
examination  of a savings  institution,  to assess the  institution's  record of
meeting the credit needs of its  community  and to take such record into account
in its evaluation of certain  applications by the  institution.  The methodology
used by the OTS for determining an institution's compliance with the CRA focuses
on three tests:  (a) a lending  test,  to evaluate the  institution's  record of
making  loans in its service  areas;  (b) an  investment  test,  to evaluate the
institution's record of investing in community development projects,  affordable
housing,  and  programs  benefiting  low  or  moderate  income  individuals  and
businesses;  and (c) a service test, to evaluate the  institution's  delivery of
services through its branches,  ATMs, and other offices. The Bank received a CRA
rating of "2" in its most recent CRA examination  which was conducted by the OTS



                                       43
<PAGE>


in July 1997. Under OTS  regulations,  a CRA rating of "2" is the second highest
rating  available  on a  scale  from  "1" to "4"  with  "1"  being  assigned  to
institutions  that have an outstanding  record of meeting community credit needs
and "4" being assigned to institutions that are in substantial  noncompliance in
meeting community credit needs. An institution that receives a "2" is considered
to have a satisfactory  record of meeting  community credit needs.  Institutions
that receive  unsatisfactory ratings (i.e., "3" or "4") may face difficulties in
securing  approval  for new  activities  or  acquisitions.  The CRA requires all
institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     In May 1997, the Federal Financial Institutions  Examination Council issued
an  interagency  statement  to the chief  executive  officers  of all  federally
supervised  financial   institutions  regarding  Year  2000  project  management
awareness.  It is  expected  that  unless  financial  institutions  address  the
technology  issues relating to the coming of the year 2000,  there will be major
disruptions in the operations of financial institutions.  The statement provides
guidance  to  financial  institutions,  providers  of  data  services,  and  all
examining  personnel of the federal  banking  agencies  regarding  the year 2000
problem.  The federal  banking  agencies  intend to conduct year 2000 compliance
examinations,  and the failure to  implement a year 2000  program may be seen by
the federal  banking  agencies as an unsafe and unsound  banking  practice.  See
"Risk Factors--Year 2000 Compliance."

BROKERED DEPOSITS

     The FDIC has promulgated regulations implementing the FDICIA limitations on
brokered deposits. Under the regulations,  well-capitalized institutions are not
subject  to  brokered  deposit   limitations,   while   adequately   capitalized
institutions are able to accept,  renew or roll over brokered  deposits only (i)
with a waiver from the FDIC and (ii) subject to the limitation  that they do not
pay an  effective  yield on any such deposit  which  exceeds by more than (a) 75
basis  points  the  effective  yield paid on  deposits  of  comparable  size and
maturity in such  institution's  normal market area for deposits accepted in its
normal  market area or (b) 120 basis  points for retail  deposits  and 130 basis
points for wholesale  deposits accepted outside the institution's  normal market
area, respectively,  from the current yield on comparable maturity U.S. Treasury
obligations.  Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered
deposits  and may not  solicit  deposits by  offering  an  effective  yield that
exceeds by more than 75 basis points the prevailing  effective yields on insured
deposits of comparable  maturity in the  institution's  normal market area or in
the market  area in which such  deposits  are being  solicited.  Pursuant to the
regulation,  the Bank, as a  well-capitalized  institution,  may accept brokered
deposits.

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     GENERAL.  The Bank is  required to maintain  minimum  levels of  regulatory
capital.  Since FIRREA,  capital  requirements  established by the OTS generally
must be no less stringent than the capital  requirements  applicable to national
banks.  The OTS also is authorized to impose capital  requirements  in excess of
these standards on a case-by-case basis.

     Any institution  that fails any of its applicable  capital  requirements is
subject to possible  enforcement  actions by the OTS or the FDIC.  Such  actions
could  include a  capital  directive,  a cease and  desist  order,  civil  money
penalties, the establishment of restrictions on the institution's operations and
the  appointment  of a  conservator  or receiver.  The OTS'  capital  regulation
provides that such actions, through enforcement proceedings or otherwise,  could
require one or more of a variety of corrective actions. See "--Prompt Corrective
Action."



                                       44
<PAGE>


     The OTS' capital regulations create three capital requirements:  a tangible
capital  requirement,  a leverage or core capital  requirement  and a risk-based
capital  requirement.  At December 31, 1997, the Bank's capital levels  exceeded
applicable  OTS capital  requirements.  The three OTS capital  requirements  are
described below.

     TANGIBLE CAPITAL REQUIREMENT.  Under current OTS regulations,  each savings
institution  must  maintain  tangible  capital  equal to at  least  1.50% of its
adjusted total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital  generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital.  At December 31, 1997, the Bank
had  intangible  assets  consisting of $5.4 million in goodwill and no purchased
mortgage  servicing  rights. At that date, the Bank's tangible capital ratio was
9.11%.

     In calculating adjusted total assets,  adjustments are made to total assets
to  give  effect  to  the  exclusion  of  certain  assets  from  capital  and to
appropriately  account for the  investments in and assets of both includable and
non-includable subsidiaries.

     CORE CAPITAL  REQUIREMENT.  The current OTS core capital requirement ranges
between 3% and 5% of adjusted total assets.  Savings  institutions  that receive
the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness are required to maintain
a  minimum  core  capital  ratio of 3%,  while the  capital  floor for all other
savings institutions generally ranges from 4% to 5%, as determined by the OTS on
a case  by  case  basis.  Core  capital  includes  common  stockholders'  equity
(including  retained  income),  non-cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  and
related surplus,  minority interest in the equity accounts of fully consolidated
subsidiaries and (subject to phase-out)  qualifying  supervisory  goodwill.  The
Bank has no qualifying  supervisory  goodwill.  At December 31, 1997, the Bank's
core capital was 9.11%.

     Current OTS regulations  limit the amount of purchased  mortgage  servicing
rights,  together with  purchased  credit card  receivables,  includable in core
capital to 50% of such capital.  At December 31, 1997, the Bank had no purchased
mortgage servicing rights or purchased credit card receivables.

     RISK-BASED REQUIREMENT.  The risk-based capital standard adopted by the OTS
requires  savings  institutions  to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to
risk-weighted  assets of 8%. Total  capital  consists of core  capital,  defined
above, and supplementary capital but excludes the effect of recognizing deferred
taxes based upon future income after one year. Supplementary capital consists of
certain  capital  instruments  that do not qualify as core capital,  and general
valuation  loan  and  lease  loss  allowances  up  to  a  maximum  of  1.25%  of
risk-weighted  assets.   Supplementary  capital  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the
risk-based requirement only in an amount equal to the amount of core capital. In
determining  the risk-based  capital  ratios,  total assets,  including  certain
off-balance  sheet  items,  are  multiplied  by a risk weight based on the risks
inherent  in the  type of  assets.  The  risk  weights  assigned  by the OTS for
significant  categories of assets are (i) 0% for cash and  securities  issued by
the federal government or unconditionally backed by the full faith and credit of
the federal  government;  (ii) 20% for securities (other than equity securities)
issued by federal government  sponsored agencies and mortgage-backed  securities
issued by, or fully  guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the FNMA or the
FHLMC,  except for those  classes  with  residual  characteristics  or  stripped
mortgage-related  securities;  (iii) 50% for  prudently  underwritten  permanent
one-to-four family first lien mortgage loans and certain qualifying multi-family
mortgage loans not more than 90 days delinquent and having a loan-to-value ratio
of not more than 80% at  origination  unless insured to such ratio by an insurer
approved  by the FNMA or the  FHLMC;  and  (iv)  100% for all  other  loans  and
investments,  including consumer loans, home equity loans, commercial loans, and
one-to-four  family  residential real estate loans more than 90 days delinquent,
and all repossessed assets or assets more than 90 days past due. At December 31,
1997,  the  Bank's  risk-based  capital  ratio was  19.76%.  Risk-based  capital
excludes the effect of recognizing deferred taxes based upon future income after
one year.



                                       45
<PAGE>


     In 1993, the OTS adopted a final rule  incorporating an interest-rate  risk
component into the risk-based capital regulation. Under the rule, an institution
with a greater than  "normal"  level of interest  rate risk will be subject to a
deduction of its interest rate risk component from total capital for purposes of
calculating the risk-based capital requirement. As a result, such an institution
may be  required  to  maintain  additional  capital in order to comply  with the
risk-based  capital  requirement.  An  institution  with a greater than "normal"
interest rate risk is defined as an institution  that would suffer a loss of net
portfolio value exceeding 2% of the estimated  market value of its assets in the
event of a 200 basis point increase or decrease (with certain minor  exceptions)
in interest  rates.  The interest rate risk component  will be calculated,  on a
quarterly basis, as one-half of the difference between an institution's measured
interest  rate risk and 2%,  multiplied  by the market value of its assets.  The
rule  establishes  a "lag" time between the  reporting  date of the data used to
calculate an  institution's  interest rate risk and the  effective  date of each
quarter's interest rate risk component. The rule also authorizes the director of
the OTS, or his designee, to waive or defer an institution's  interest rate risk
component on a case-by-case  basis.  At December 31, 1997, the Bank did not have
more than "normal"  interest rate risk and was not subject to any deduction from
total  capital under this rule.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of  Operations-Interest  Rate Risk," included in
the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

     The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository  institutions to maintain
reserves against their transaction  accounts  (primarily NOW checking  accounts)
and non-personal time deposits. At December 31, 1997, the Bank was in compliance
with these requirements.

     The balances  maintained  to meet the reserve  requirements  imposed by the
Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements  imposed by
the OTS. Because required  reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash
or a non-interest-bearing  account at a Federal Reserve Bank directly or through
another  bank,  the  effect  of  this  reserve   requirement  is  to  reduce  an
institution's  earning  assets.  The amount of funds  necessary  to satisfy this
requirement has not had a material effect on the Bank's operations.

     As a  creditor  and  financial  institution,  the Bank is also  subject  to
additional  regulations  promulgated by the FRB, including,  without limitation,
regulations implementing requirements of the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited
Funds   Availability   Act,   the   Equal   Credit   Opportunity   Act  and  the
Truth-in-Lending Act.

FINANCIAL REPORTING

     The Bank is required to submit independently  audited annual reports to the
FDIC and the OTS.  These  publicly  available  reports  must  include (a) annual
financial  statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and such other disclosure
requirements as required by the FDIC or the OTS and (b) a report,  signed by the
Bank's  chief  executive  officer and chief  financial  officer  which  contains
statements  about  the  adequacy  of  internal   controls  and  compliance  with
designated  laws and  regulations,  and  attestations  by  independent  auditors
related  thereto.  The Bank is  required  to monitor  the  foregoing  activities
through an independent audit committee.

STANDARDS FOR SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS

     The FDIA Act, as amended by FDICIA and the Riegle Community Development and
Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 ("Community  Development Act"), requires each
federal bank regulatory  agency to establish safety and soundness  standards for
institutions  under  its  authority.  On July  10,  1995,  the  federal  banking
agencies,   including  the  OTS,   jointly   released   Interagency   Guidelines
Establishing  Standards  for Safety and  Soundness  and  published  a final rule
establishing  deadlines  for  submission  and  review  of safety  and  soundness
compliance  plans. The final rule and the guidelines took effect August 9, 1995.
The guidelines,  among other things,  require  savings  institutions to maintain
internal  controls,  information  systems and  internal  audit  systems that are
appropriate to the size,  nature and scope of the  institution's  business.  The
guidelines  also establish  general  standards  relating to loan  documentation,



                                       46
<PAGE>


credit   underwriting,   interest  rate  risk   exposure,   asset  growth,   and
compensation,  fees and benefits.  Savings institutions are required to maintain
safeguards  to prevent the payment of  excessive  compensation  to an  executive
officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. The OTS may determine that
a  savings  institution  is not in  compliance  with the  safety  and  soundness
guidelines  and,  upon  doing  so,  may  require  the  institution  to submit an
acceptable plan to achieve  compliance with the guidelines.  An institution must
submit an  acceptable  compliance  plan to the OTS  within 30 days of receipt or
request for such a plan.  Failure to submit or implement a  compliance  plan may
subject the institution to regulatory actions. Management believes that the Bank
currently meets the standards adopted in the interagency guidelines and does not
believe that  implementation of the regulatory  standards will materially affect
the Bank's operations.

     Additionally,  under FDICIA,  as amended by the Community  Development Act,
federal banking agencies are required to establish  standards  relating to asset
quality and earnings that the agencies  determine to be  appropriate.  On August
27, 1996, the federal banking  agencies,  including the OTS, adopted  guidelines
relating to asset quality and earnings, effective October 1, 1996, which require
a savings  institution  to maintain  systems,  consistent  with its size and the
nature and scope of its  operations,  to  identify  problem  assets and  prevent
deterioration  in those assets as well as to evaluate  and monitor  earnings and
insure that earnings are sufficient to maintain  adequate  capital and reserves.
Management believes that the asset quality and earnings  guidelines,  as adopted
by  the  banking  agencies,  will  not  have a  material  effect  on the  Bank's
operations.

PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION

     Under  Section 38 of the FDIA,  as added by the  FDICIA,  each  appropriate
agency and the FDIC is required to take prompt  corrective action to resolve the
problems of insured  depository  institutions  that do not meet minimum  capital
ratios. Such action must be accomplished at the least possible long-term cost to
the appropriate deposit insurance fund.

     The federal  banking  agencies,  including the OTS,  adopted  substantially
similar  regulations to implement Section 38 of the FDIA. Under the regulations,
an institution is deemed to be (i) "well capitalized" if it has total risk-based
capital of 10% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or more, has
a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 5% or more and is not subject to any order or
final  capital  directive to meet and maintain a specific  capital level for any
capital  measure,  (ii)  "adequately  capitalized" if it has a total  risk-based
capital ratio of 8% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or more and
a Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio of 4% or more (3% under certain  circumstances)
and does not meet the definition of "well capitalized," (iii) "undercapitalized"
if it has a total  risk-based  capital  ratio  that is less  than  8%,  a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4% or a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
that is less  than 4% (3%  under  certain  circumstances),  (iv)  "significantly
undercapitalized"  if it has a total risk-based  capital ratio that is less than
6%, a Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio that is less than 3% or a Tier 1 leverage
capital ratio that is less than 3%, and (v) "critically  undercapitalized" if it
has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.
Section 38 of the FDIA and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder also specify
circumstances  under  which a  federal  banking  agency  may  reclassify  a well
capitalized  institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately
capitalized  institution  or an  undercapitalized  institution  to  comply  with
supervisory  actions as if it were in the next lower  category  (except that the
FDIC  may  not  reclassify  a  significantly   undercapitalized  institution  as
critically undercapitalized). At December 31, 1997, the Bank met the criteria to
be considered a "well capitalized" institution.

PENDING LEGISLATION

     For a discussion  of pending  legislation  that could impact the  Company's
business and operations, see "Risk Factors -- Pending Legislation."



                                       47
<PAGE>


COMPANY REGULATION

     The Company is a  non-diversified  unitary savings and loan holding company
within the meaning of HOLA,  is required to register with the OTS and is subject
to OTS regulations,  examinations,  supervision and reporting  requirements.  In
addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over the Company and any non-savings
institution  subsidiaries it later forms or acquires.  Among other things,  this
authority permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities that it determines
pose a serious  risk to the Bank.  The Bank must  notify the OTS 30 days  before
declaring  any dividend to the Company.  See  "--Restrictions  on Dividends  and
Capital Distributions."

     HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company,  directly or indirectly,
or through one or more subsidiaries,  from acquiring another savings institution
or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the OTS; acquiring
or retaining, with certain exceptions,  more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings
institution,  a  non-subsidiary  holding company,  or a  non-subsidiary  company
engaged in  activities  other than those  permitted  by HOLA;  or  acquiring  or
retaining control of a depository  institution that is not federally insured. In
evaluating  applications by holding  companies to acquire savings  institutions,
the OTS  will  consider  the  financial  and  managerial  resources  and  future
prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition
on the risk to the insurance  funds,  the convenience and needs of the community
and competitive factors.

     As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Company currently is not
restricted  as to the  types of  business  activities  in  which it may  engage,
provided that the Bank continues to meet the QTL test. See  "--Qualified  Thrift
Lender Test" and "Risk  Factors--Pending  Legislation." Upon any non-supervisory
acquisition by the Company of another  savings  association or savings bank that
meets the QTL test and is deemed to be a  savings  institution  by the OTS,  the
Company  would  become a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company  (if the
acquired  institution is held as a separate  subsidiary) and would be subject to
extensive  limitations  on the types of  business  activities  in which it could
engage.  HOLA  limits the  activities  of a multiple  savings  and loan  holding
company and its  non-insured  institution  subsidiaries  primarily to activities
permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Company
Act, subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and activities  authorized by OTS
regulation.

     The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a
multiple savings and loan holding company  controlling  savings  institutions in
more than one state,  subject to two exceptions:  (i) the approval of interstate
supervisory  acquisitions  by savings and loan holding  companies,  and (ii) the
acquisition  of a savings  institution in another state if the laws of the state
of the target savings institution  specifically permit such acquisitions.  Under
New York law, reciprocal interstate  acquisitions are authorized for savings and
loan holding companies and savings institutions. Certain states do not authorize
interstate   acquisitions   under  any  circumstances;   however,   federal  law
authorizing acquisitions in supervisory cases preempts such state law.

     Federal  law  generally  provides  that  no  "person"  acting  directly  or
indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons,  may acquire
"control," as that term is defined in OTS  regulations,  of a federally  insured
savings  institution  without giving at least 60 days' written notice to the OTS
and providing the OTS an  opportunity  to disapprove  the proposed  acquisition.
Such acquisitions of control may be disapproved if it is determined, among other
things,  that (i) the acquisition would substantially  lessen competition;  (ii)
the financial  condition of the acquiring  person might jeopardize the financial
stability  of  the  savings  institution  or  prejudice  the  interests  of  its
depositors;  or (iii) the  competency,  experience or integrity of the acquiring
person or the proposed  management  personnel  indicates that it would not be in
the  interest  of the  depositors  or the  public to permit the  acquisition  of
control by such person.



                                       48
<PAGE>


     There is, as of the date of this report,  proposed  legislation  pending in
Congress  that, if passed and enacted,  would  eliminate the thrift  charter and
require  the Bank to convert to a bank  charter  and the Company to convert to a
bank holding company. In such an event, the Bank will be regulated by the Office
of the  Comptroller  of the Currency  and the Company  would be regulated by the
FRB. Various  revisions and alternatives to this legislation have been proposed.
There can be no assurance  whether any such  legislation will be enacted or what
the  provisions of any such final  legislation  may be. As a result,  management
cannot accurately predict the possible impact of such legislation on the Bank or
the Company. See "--Risk Factors--Pending Legislation."

     In addition,  federal regulations  governing  conversions of mutual savings
institutions to the stock form of  organization  prohibit the direct or indirect
acquisition  without  prior OTS approval of more than 10% of any class of equity
security  of  a  savings   institution   within   three  years  of  the  savings
institution's  conversion to stock form. This limitation applies to acquisitions
of equity  securities of the Company.  Such acquisition may be disapproved if it
is found, among other things, that the proposed  acquisition (a) would frustrate
the purposes of the provisions of the  regulations  regarding  conversions,  (b)
would be  manipulative  or  deceptive,  (c) would  subvert  the  fairness of the
Conversion,  (d) would be likely to result in injury to the savings institution,
(e) would not be consistent with economical home financing,  (f) would otherwise
violate law or regulation, or (g) would not contribute to the prudent deployment
of the savings institution's conversion proceeds.

FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

     The Company's  Common Stock is registered  with the SEC under Section 12(g)
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act").  The
Company is subject to the  information and reporting  requirements,  regulations
governing  proxy   solicitations,   insider  trading   restrictions   and  other
requirements  applicable  to  companies  whose  stock is  registered  under  the
Exchange Act.



                                       49
<PAGE>


ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES.
- --------------------

     The Bank conducts its business  through  seven  full-service  offices.  The
Bank's main office is located at 144-51 Northern Boulevard,  Flushing, New York.
The Bank believes that its current  facilities  are adequate to meet the present
and immediately foreseeable needs of the Bank and the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DATE LEASED OR        LEASE EXPIRATION       NET BOOK VALUE AT
                  OFFICE                      LEASED OR OWNED           ACQUIRED                 DATE             DECEMBER 31, 1996
<S>                                                <C>                    <C>                 <C>                    <C>
Main Office
     144-51 Northern Blvd.
     Flushing, NY 11354.................           owned                  1972                    NA                  $1,107,048
Broadway Branch
     159-18 Northern Blvd.
     Flushing, NY 11358.................           owned                  1962                    NA                     555,987
Auburndale Branch
     188-08 Hollis Court Blvd.
     Flushing, NY 11358.................           owned                  1991                    NA                     787,406
Springfield Branch
     61-54 Springfield Blvd.
     Bayside, NY 11364..................           leased                 1991                11/30/2001                      --
Bay Ridge Branch
     7102 Third Avenue
     Brooklyn, NY 11209.................           owned                  1991                    NA                     317,133
Irving Place Branch
     33 Irving Place
     New York, NY 10003.................           leased                 1991                11/30/2001                  42,067
New Hyde Park Branch
     661 Hillside Avenue
     New Hyde Park, NY 11040............           leased                 1971                12/31/2011                  18,038
</TABLE>


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
- -------------------------------

     The Bank is  involved  in various  legal  actions  arising in the  ordinary
course of its  business  which,  in the  aggregate,  involve  amounts  which are
believed by management  to be immaterial to the financial  condition and results
of operations of the Bank.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
- -------------------------------------------------------------

     None



                                       50
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET  FOR THE  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  STOCK  AND  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Flushing  Financial  Corporation  common  stock  is  traded  on the  Nasdaq
National Market and quoted under the symbol "FFIC".

     Information  regarding Flushing Financial  Corporation common stock and its
price for the 1997 fiscal year  appears in the Annual  Report  under the caption
"Market Price of Common Stock" and is incorporated herein by this reference.

     As of February 28, 1998, Flushing  Financial  Corporation had approximately
945  stockholders  of  record,  not  including the number of persons or entities
holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and banks.

     In June 1997,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  adopted a dividend
policy to pay an  annual  dividend  rate of $0.24  per  share of  Common  Stock,
payable in equal  quarterly  installments,  should the  earnings  of the Company
warrant. In accordance with this policy, dividends were paid in 1997 as follows:

                                                                     DIVIDEND
    DECLARATION DATE         RECORD DATE          PAYMENT DATE    PAID PER SHARE
    ----------------         -----------          ------------    --------------
    February 18, 1997        March 10, 1997       March 28, 1997       $0.04
    April 18, 1997           June 6, 1997         June 30, 1997        $0.06
    August 21, 1997          September 9, 1997    September 30, 1997   $0.06
    November 18, 1997        December 10, 1997    December 30, 1997    $0.06


     The Company's  dividend policy may change from time to time. Changes in the
Company's  dividend  policy will depend upon a number of factors,  including the
investment  and  business  opportunities  available to the Company and the Bank,
capital requirements of the Bank,  regulatory  requirements,  the Bank's and the
Company's financial condition and results of operations,  tax considerations and
general economic conditions.  No assurance can be given that the declaration and
payment of dividends will continue.

     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had repurchased  1,073,850  shares, or
12.45% of the Common Stock  issued in the  Conversion,  at an aggregate  cost of
$20.2  million.  There were  7,864,620  shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  at
December 31, 1997. On that date, 302,946 shares remained to be repurchased under
the Company's current repurchase program.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
- ---------------------------------

     Information  regarding  selected financial data appears on pages 5 and 6 of
the  Annual  Report  under  the  caption   "Selected   Financial  Data"  and  is
incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Information  regarding  management's  discussion  and analysis of financial
condition and results of operations  appears on pages 7 through 17 of the Annual
Report  under the caption  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and is  incorporated  herein  by  this
reference.



                                       51
<PAGE>


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

     The information  contained in the section captioned "Interest Rate Risk" on
page  16 of the  Annual  Report  and in  Note 17 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
- -----------------------------------------------------

     Information   regarding  the  financial   statements  and  the  Independent
Auditor's  Report  appears on pages 18  through  42 of the Annual  Report and is
incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     None.



                                       52
<PAGE>


                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
- ------------------------------------------------------------

     Information  regarding the directors and executive  officers of the Company
appears in the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held  May 20,  1998  under  the  captions  "Board  Nominees",  "Continuing
Directors"  and "Executive  Officers Who Are Not Directors" and is  incorporated
herein by this reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
- --------------------------------

     Information regarding executive compensation appears in the Company's Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  to be held May 20, 1998 under
the  caption  "Executive  Compensation"  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  this
reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Information  regarding  security  ownership  of certain  beneficial  owners
appears in the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held May 20, 1998 under the caption "Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners" and is incorporated herein by this reference.

     Information  regarding  security  ownership of management appears on in the
Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May
20, 1998 under the caption "Stock  Ownership of Management"  and is incorporated
herein by this reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
- --------------------------------------------------------

     Information   regarding  certain  relationships  and  related  transactions
appears in the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held on May 20,  1998  under the  caption  "Certain  Transactions"  and is
incorporated herein by this reference.



                                       53
<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

(A) 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

       The following  financial  statements are included in the Company's Annual
Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1997 and are incorporated
herein by this reference:

       o   Consolidated  Statements  of  Condition at December 31, 1997 and 1996
 
       o   Consolidated  Statements  of Operations  for each of the years in the
           three-year period ended December 31, 1997

       o   Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Stockholders'  Equity  for
           each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997

       o   Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash Flows for each of the years in the
           three year period ended December 31, 1997

       o   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

       o   Report of Independent Accountants

       The remaining  information appearing in the Annual Report to Stockholders
is not deemed to be filed as a part of this report, except as expressly provided
herein.

    2. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

       Financial  Statement  Schedules  have been  omitted  because they are not
applicable or the required  information is shown in the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements or Notes thereto.

(B)    REPORTS ON FORM 8-K FILED DURING THE LAST QUARTER OF FISCAL 1997

       None

(C)    EXHIBITS REQUIRED BY SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION REGULATION S-K
       [Update]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
NUMBER
- ------
<S>         <C>
3.1         Articles of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation <F1>
3.2         By-Laws of Flushing Financial Corporation <F1>
10.1        Annual Incentive Plan for Selected Officers <F1>
10.2        Employment Agreements between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Certain Officers <F1><F6>
10.3        Employment Agreements between Flushing Financial Corporation and Certain Officers <F2><F6>
10.3(a)     Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Michael J. Hegarty <F3>
10.3(b)     Amendment to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Certain Officers (including
            Michael J. Hegarty)<F3>
</TABLE>



                                       54
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
NUMBER
- ------
<S>         <C>
10.3(c)     Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Michael J. Hegarty, and
            Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Michael J. Hegarty <F4>
10.4        Special Termination Agreements <F2>
10.5        Employee Severance Compensation Plan of Flushing Savings Bank, FSB <F1>
10.6(a)     Amended and Restated Outside Director Retirement Plan
10.6(b)     Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Outside Director Deferred Compensation Plan <F2>
10.7        Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan <F1>
10.8        Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and each Director <F1>
10.8(a)     Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and each Director <F3>
10.8(b)     Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and Certain Officers <F3><F6>
10.9        Employee Benefit Trust Agreement <F1>
10.9(a)     Amendment to the Employee Benefit Trust Agreement
10.10       Loan Document for Employee Benefit Trust <F1>
10.11       Guarantee by Flushing Financial Corporation <F1>
10.12       Consulting Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation and Gerard P. Tully, Sr.<F4>
10.12(a)    Amendment to Gerard P. Tully, Sr. Consulting Agreement
10.13       Flushing Financial Corporation 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan <F7>
10.14       Flushing Financial Corporation 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan <F7>
10.15       Amendments to 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan <F8>
10.16       Amendments to 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan <F8>
10.17       Agreement and Plan of Merger as of April 24, 1997, by and between Flushing Financial Corporation, Flushing
            Savings Bank, FSB and New York Federal Savings Bank <F5>
13.1        1997 Annual Report to Shareholders
22.1        Subsidiaries information incorporated herein by reference to Part I - Subsidiary Activities
23.1        Consent of Independent Accountants
27          Financial Data Schedule
99.1        Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 1998, which will be filed with the
            SEC within 30 days from the date this Form 10-K is filed.
- ---------------------
<FN>
<F1>Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-96488.
<F2>Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
<F3>Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996.
<F4>Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
<F5>Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997.
<F6>Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997.
<F7>Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held May 21, 1996.
<F8>Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held April 29, 1997.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       55
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

       PURSUANT  TO THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  SECTION  13 OR 15(D)  THE  SECURITIES
EXCHANGE  ACT OF 1934,  THE COMPANY HAS DULY CAUSED THIS  REPORT,  OR  AMENDMENT
THERETO,  TO BE  SIGNED  ON  ITS  BEHALF  BY  THE  UNDERSIGNED,  THEREUNTO  DULY
AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK, ON MARCH 27, 1998.


                                               FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                               By   /s/ JAMES F. MCCONNELL
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   James F. McConnell
                                                   President and CEO

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     WE,  THE   UNDERSIGNED   DIRECTORS  AND  OFFICERS  OF  FLUSHING   FINANCIAL
CORPORATION  (THE "COMPANY")  HEREBY  SEVERALLY  CONSTITUTE AND APPOINT JAMES F.
MCCONNELL  AND MONICA C.  PASSICK AS OUR TRUE AND LAWFUL  ATTORNEYS  AND AGENTS,
EACH ACTING ALONE AND WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION AND RE-SUBSTITUTION, TO DO
ANY AND ALL THINGS IN OUR NAMES IN THE  CAPACITIES  INDICATED  BELOW  WHICH SAID
JAMES F.  MCCONNELL  OR MONICA C.  PASSICK MAY DEEM  NECESSARY  OR  ADVISABLE TO
ENABLE THE COMPANY TO COMPLY WITH THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AND ANY
RULES,  REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,
IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE REPORT ON FORM 10K,  OR  AMENDMENT  THERETO,  INCLUDING
SPECIFICALLY,  BUT NOT LIMITED  TO,  POWER AND  AUTHORITY  TO SIGN FOR US IN OUR
NAMES IN THE  CAPACITIES  INDICATED  BELOW THE REPORT ON FORM 10-K, OR AMENDMENT
THERETO;  AND WE HEREBY  APPROVE,  RATIFY  AND  CONFIRM  ALL THAT SAID  JAMES F.
MCCONNELL OR MONICA C. PASSICK SHALL DO OR CAUSE TO BE DONE BY VIRTUE THEREOF.

     PURSUANT TO THE  REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS
REPORT ON FORM 10-K,  OR  AMENDMENT  THERETO,  HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE  FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                                                                DATE
- ---------                                   -----                                                                ----

<S>                                         <C>                                                          <C> 
      /S/ JAMES F. MCCONNELL                Director, President (Principal Executive Officer)            March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
      James F. McConnell


      /S/ GERARD P. TULLY, SR.              Director, Chairman                                           March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
      Gerard P. Tully, Sr.


      /S/ MONICA C. PASSICK                 Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)       March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
      Monica C. Passick


      /S/ ROBERT A. MARANI                  Director                                                     March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
      Robert A. Marani
</TABLE>



                                       56
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                                                                DATE
- ---------                                   -----                                                                ----

<S>                                         <C>                                                          <C> 
      /S/ JOHN O. MEAD                      Director                                                     March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
      John O. Mead


      /S/ MICHAEL J. HEGARTY                Director                                                     March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
      Michael J. Hegarty


                                           Director                                                      March   , 1998
- -------------------------------------------
      Franklin F. Regan, Jr.


      /S/ JOHN E. ROE, SR.                  Director                                                     March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
John E. Roe, Sr.


      /S/ MICHAEL J. RUSSO                  Director                                                     March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
Michael J. Russo


      /S/ JOHN M. GLEASON                   Director                                                     March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
John M. Gleason


      /S/ VINCENT F. NICOLOSI               Director                                                     March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------
Vincent F. Nicolosi

</TABLE>


                                       57



Flushing Financial Corporation
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
At and for the years ended December 31,                       1997           1996              1995          1994            1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>               <C>            <C>            <C>       
Selected Financial Condition Data
Total assets(1) ........................................    $1,088,476    $  775,343        $  708,384     $  592,014     $  615,501
Loans, net .............................................       598,421       382,781           280,126        252,116        254,591
Securities held to maturity ............................            --            --                --         90,945         58,129
Securities available for sale ..........................       356,712       331,895           381,447        195,978        249,639
Real estate owned, net .................................           433         1,218             1,869          3,468          7,762
Deposits ...............................................       655,911       584,479           559,864        532,141        561,456
Borrowed funds .........................................       287,187        51,000                --         10,000             --
Stockholders' equity ...................................       136,443       133,281           141,330         40,115         45,345
Book value per share(2) ................................         17.35         16.15             16.39             --             --
                                                                                         
Selected Operating Data                                                                  
Interest and dividend income ...........................    $   66,866    $   55,061        $   44,705     $   42,511     $   43,604
Interest expense .......................................        34,795        26,302            22,898         19,440         20,030
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income ................................        32,071        28,759            21,807         23,071         23,574
Provision for loan losses ..............................           104           418               496            246          2,522
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income after provision                                                  
      for loan losses ..................................        31,967        28,341            21,311         22,825         21,052
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest income:                                                                     
  Net gains (losses) on sales of securities                                              
    and loans ..........................................            67           126              (316)          (122)         2,004
  Amortization of deferred gain from                                                     
    sale of real estate ................................            --            --             2,784             --             --
  New York State gains tax refund ......................            --            --               387             --             --
  Other income .........................................         2,596         1,623             1,830          1,321          1,426
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest income ..........................         2,663         1,749             4,685          1,199          3,430
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest expense:                                                                    
  Other operating expenses .............................        19,324        18,224            17,358         16,258         16,763
  Recovery (Provision) for deposits at Nationar ........            --          (660)              660             --             --
  Conversion expenses ..................................            --            --             2,222             --             --
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest expense .........................        19,324        17,564            20,240         16,258         16,763
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and cumulative                                                
  effect of changes in accounting principles ...........        15,306        12,526             5,756          7,766          7,719
Income tax provision ...................................         6,775         5,811             2,470          3,331          3,114
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before cumulative effect of changes                                               
  in accounting principles .............................         8,531         6,715             3,286          4,435          4,605
Net cumulative effect of change                                                          
  in accounting principle ..............................            --            --                --             --            718
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net income .........................................    $    8,531    $    6,715        $    3,286     $    4,435     $    5,323
====================================================================================================================================
Basic earnings per share(3) ............................    $     1.20    $     0.86    Not meaningful             --             --
Diluted earnings per share(3) ..........................    $     1.18    $     0.86    Not meaningful             --             --
Dividends declared per share ...........................    $     0.22    $     0.08                --             --             --

                                                                                                   (Footnotes on the following page)
</TABLE>


                                                                               5


<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
At and for the years ended December 31,                            1997           1996           1995           1994           1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>  
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data
Performance ratios:
  Return on average assets(4) ...........................          0.96%          0.89%          0.53%          0.70%          0.76%
  Return on average equity(4) ...........................          6.41           4.90           6.08          10.66          11.05
  Average equity to average assets ......................         15.00          18.17           8.70           6.56           6.86
  Equity to total assets ................................         12.53          17.19          19.95           6.78           7.37
  Interest rate spread during period ....................          3.06           3.29           3.51           3.82           3.95
  Net interest margin ...................................          3.74           4.01           3.74           3.90           4.10
  Non-interest expense to average assets ................          2.18           2.33           3.26           2.56           2.76
  Efficiency ratio ......................................         53.91          58.33          64.69          65.48          62.05
  Average interest-earning assets to average
    interest-bearing liabilities ........................         1.17x          1.20x          1.06x          1.03x          1.04x

Regulatory capital ratios(5):
  Tangible capital ......................................          9.11%         12.67%         14.85%          7.87%          7.37%
  Core capital ..........................................          9.11          12.67          14.85           7.87           7.37
  Total risk-based capital ..............................         19.76          27.43          30.48          17.01          13.93

Asset quality ratios:
  Non-performing loans to gross loans(6) ................          0.41%          0.62%          1.74%          2.05%          4.47%
  Non-performing assets to total assets(7) ..............          0.27           0.47           0.97           1.48           3.16
  Net charge-offs to average loans ......................          0.01           0.09           0.21           0.24           0.47
  Allowance for loan losses to gross loans ..............          1.07           1.39           1.85           2.07           2.19
  Allowance for loan losses to total
    non-performing assets(7) ............................        223.94         149.94          77.52          61.17          29.41
  Allowance for loan losses to total
    non-performing loans(6) .............................        263.38         225.79         106.61         101.11          48.94

Full-service customer facilities ........................             7              7              7              7              7
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes the effect of the acquisition of New York Federal Savings Bank on
     September 9, 1997 in a purchase transaction valued at approximately $13.0
     million in cash.

(2)  Calculated by dividing net equity of $136.4 million and $133.3 million at
     December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, by 7,864,620 and 8,250,497 shares
     outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

(3)  The Company completed its initial public offering on November 21, 1995.
     Earnings of the Company from the period November 21, 1995 through December
     31, 1995 year end were $655,000 which, based on 7,935,552 weighted average
     shares outstanding for the same period, equals to $0.08 per share. The
     shares held in the Company's Employee Benefit Trust are not included in
     shares outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per share. Unvested
     restricted stock awards are not included in basic earnings per share
     calculations, but are included in diluted earnings per share calculations.
     Weighted average shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 1997
     and 1996, for basic earnings per share calculations, were 7,106,406 and
     7,801,029, respectively, and for diluted earnings per share calculations,
     were 7,210,433 and 7,844,705, respectively, in conformance with SFAS 128.

(4)  Fiscal year 1993 reflects income before cumulative effects of changes in
     accounting principles.

(5)  The Bank exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements during the
     periods presented.

(6)  Non-performing loans consist of non-accrual loans and loans delinquent 90
     days or more that are still accruing.

(7)  Non-performing assets consists of non-performing loans and real estate
     owned.

Market Price of Common Stock

Flushing Financial Corporation Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "FFIC". As of December 31, 1997, the Company had
approximately 970 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or
entities holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and
banks. At December 31, 1997, the last trading date in 1997 for Nasdaq, the
Company's common stock closed at $23.875. The following table shows the high and
low closing sales price of the Common Stock during the period indicated. The
Common Stock began trading November 21, 1995.

                                                 1997                 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            High       Low       High       Low
================================================================================

First Quarter...........................   $21.50    $17.38     $15.63    $14.38
Second Quarter..........................    23.75     17.75      17.25     14.75
Third Quarter...........................    24.63     20.00      18.88     16.25
Fourth Quarter..........................    24.75     21.00      19.00     17.63

Disclosure of the frequency and the amount of cash dividends declared on the
Common Stock for the two most recent fiscal years is contained in the table at
Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain restrictions
that limit the Company's ability to pay dividends are discussed in this Annual
Report under the caption "Liquidity, Regulatory Capital and Capital
Resources". 

6


<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


General

Flushing Financial Corporation ("Holding Company") is the parent holding company
for Flushing Savings Bank, FSB ("Bank"), a federally chartered stock savings
bank. On November 21, 1995, the Bank completed its Conversion ("Conversion")
from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock
savings bank. The following discussion of financial condition and results of
operations includes the collective results of the Holding Company and the Bank
(collectively the "Company"), but reflects principally the Bank's activities.
Unless otherwise indicated, for periods prior to November 21, 1995, the date the
Holding Company acquired the Bank, reference to the Company reflects only the
Bank's activities.

The Company's principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general
public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from
operations, primarily in (i) originations and purchases of multi-family
income-producing property loans, commercial real estate loans and one-to-four
family residential mortgage loans; (ii) mortgage loan surrogates such as
mortgage-backed securities; and (iii) U.S. government and federal agency
securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities.
To a lesser extent, the Company originates certain other loans, including
construction loans and Small Business Administration loans.

The Company's results of operations depend primarily on net interest income,
which is the difference between the interest income earned on its loan and
security portfolios and its cost of funds, consisting primarily of interest paid
on deposit accounts and borrowed funds. Net interest income is the result of the
Company's interest rate spread, which is the difference between the average
yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing
liabilities, and the average balance of interest-earning assets compared to the
average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The Company also generates
non-interest income from loan fees, service charges on deposit accounts,
mortgage servicing fees, late charges and other fees and net gains and losses on
sales of securities and loans. The Company's operating expenses consist
principally of employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment
costs, federal deposit insurance premiums, other general and administrative
expenses and income tax expense. The Company's results of operations also can be
significantly affected by its periodic provision for loan losses and specific
provision for losses on real estate owned ("REO"). Such results also are
significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, including
changes in market interest rates, the strength of the local economy, government
policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

The Company has in the past increased growth through acquisitions of financial
institutions or branches of other financial institutions, and will pursue growth
through acquisitions that are, or are expected to be within a reasonable time
frame, accretive to earnings, as opportunities arise. On September 9, 1997, the
Holding Company acquired New York Federal Savings Bank ("New York Federal") and
merged it with the Bank in a cash transaction that is immediately accretive to
earnings, valued at approximately $13 million. With this purchase, the Bank
acquired $75.1 million in real estate loans, $2.0 million in Small Business
Administration loans, and $48.4 million in deposits. This acquisition enhanced
the Bank's multi-family and commercial real estate lending businesses and
provided entry into the Small Business Administration loan market.

In November of 1997, the Bank established a wholly owned real estate investment
trust subsidiary, Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation ("FPFC"), and
transferred $256.7 million in real estate loans from the Bank to FPFC. The
assets transferred to FPFC are viewed by regulators as part of the Bank's assets
in consolidation. However, the establishment of FPFC provides an additional
vehicle for access by the Company to the capital markets for future investment
opportunities. In addition under current law, all income earned by FPFC and
distributed to the Bank in the form of a dividend has the effect of reducing the
Company's New York State and New York City income tax expense.

Statements contained in this Annual Report relating to plans, strategies,
objectives, economic performance and trends and other statements that are not
descriptions of historical facts may be forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward looking information is inherently
subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially
from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors, which include, but
are not limited to, the factors set forth in the third paragraph of this
section, and under captions "Management Strategy", "Comparison of Operating
Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996", "Comparison of
Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995" and "Other
Trends and Contingencies" below, and elsewhere in this Annual Report and in
other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission
from time to time. The Company has no obligations to update these
forward-looking statements.


                                                                               7
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

Flushing Savings Bank, FSB

The Bank was organized in 1929 as a New York State chartered mutual savings
bank. On May 10, 1994, the Bank converted to a federally chartered mutual
savings bank and changed its name from Flushing Savings Bank to Flushing Savings
Bank, FSB. As a federal savings bank, the Bank's primary regulator is the Office
of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"). The Bank's deposits are insured to the maximum
allowable amount by the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"), which is administered by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").

Management Strategy

Management's strategy is to continue the Bank's focus as a consumer-oriented
institution serving its local markets. In furtherance of this objective, the
Company intends to (1) continue its emphasis on the origination of multi-family
real estate, commercial real estate and one-to-four family residential mortgage
lending, (2) seek to maintain asset quality, (3) seek to manage deposit growth
and maintain low cost of funds, and (4) seek to manage interest rate risk. The
Company has in the past increased growth through acquisitions of financial
institutions and branches of other financial institutions, and will continue to
pursue growth through acquisitions that are, or are expected to be within a
reasonable time frame, accretive to earnings. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to effectively implement this strategy. The Company's
strategy is subject to change by the Board of Directors.

Multi-Family Real Estate, Commercial Real Estate and One-to-Four Family Lending.
The Company has traditionally emphasized the origination and acquisition of
one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, which include adjustable rate
mortgage ("ARM") loans, fixed rate mortgage loans and home equity loans.
However, in recent years, the Company has also placed emphasis on multi-family
and commercial real estate loans. The Company expects to continue its emphasis
on multi-family and commercial real estate loans as well as on one-to-four
family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 1997, the Company's
multi-family real estate loans, commercial real estate loans and one-to-four
family residential mortgage loans amounted to $230.2 million (37.95%), $68.2
million (11.24%) and $301.4 million (49.66%), respectively, of gross loans.

The Company seeks to increase its originations of multi-family real estate,
commercial real estate and one-to-four family loans through more aggressive
marketing and by maintaining competitive interest rates and origination fees.
The Company's marketing efforts include advertising in its local markets and
frequent contacts with mortgage brokers and other professionals who serve as
referral sources. As part of these efforts, the Company established
relationships with mortgage bankers who originate one-to-four family mortgage
loans in the New York metropolitan area that are then purchased by the Company.
Purchases of such loans increased from $39.9 million during 1996 to $50.0
million during 1997. The acquisition of New York Federal in September of 1997
also augmented the Company's market share, adding $62.4 million of multi-family
real estate loans, $11.7 million of commercial real estate loans and $0.9
million of one-to-four family loans at the time of the acquisition. The
acquisition of New York Federal also expanded the Bank's line of loan products
with the acquisition of $2.0 million in Small Business Administration loans.

Fully underwritten one-to-four family residential mortgage loans generally are
considered by the banking industry to have less risk than other types of loans.
Multi-family income-producing real estate loans and commercial real estate loans
generally have higher yields than one-to-four family loans and shorter terms to
maturity, but typically involve higher principal amounts and generally expose
the lender to a greater credit risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage
loans. The Company's increased emphasis on multi-family and commercial real
estate loans could increase the overall level of credit risk inherent in the
Company's loan portfolio. The greater risk associated with multi-family and
commercial real estate loans may require the Company to increase its provisions
for loan losses and to maintain an allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
total loans in excess of the allowance currently maintained by the Company.

Maintain Asset Quality. By adherence to its strict underwriting standards the
Bank has been able to minimize net losses from impaired loans with net
charge-offs declining $266,000 to $46,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997.
The Company has continued to strengthen its loan portfolio, as evidenced by the
increase in the Company's ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-performing
loans from 225.79% at December 31, 1996 to 263.38% at December 31, 1997. The
Company seeks to maintain its loans in performing status through, among other
things, strict collection efforts and consistent monitoring of non-performing
assets. To this end, the Company maintains an internal loan review committee
that reviews the quality of loans and reports to the Loan Committee of the Board
of Directors of the Bank on a monthly basis. From time to time, the Company has
sold and may continue to make sales of non-performing assets. Non-performing
assets declined to $2.9 million at December 31, 1997 from $3.6 million at
December 31, 1996. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets
declined from 0.47% at December 31, 1996 to 0.27% at December 31, 1997.



8
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

Managing Deposit Growth and Maintaining Low Cost of Funds. The Company has a
relatively stable retail deposit base drawn from its market area through its
seven full-service offices. Although the Company seeks to retain existing
deposits and maintain depositor relationships by offering quality service and
competitive interest rates to its customers, the Company seeks to keep deposit
growth within reasonable limits. During the current low interest rate
environment, the Bank has experienced a shift by depositors from low-cost
savings, NOW and money market accounts to higher cost certificate of deposit
accounts. Management intents to balance its goal to remain competitive in
interest rates on deposits while seeking to manage its overall cost of funds to
finance its strategies. Historically, the Company has relied on its deposit base
as its principal source of funding. In May 1994, the Bank became a member of the
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLB-NY"), which provides it with an
additional source of relatively low cost borrowing which the Company has
increasingly utilized.

Managing Interest Rate Risk. The Company seeks to reduce its exposure to
interest rate risk by managing the interest rate sensitivity of its assets. The
mix of loans originated by the Company (fixed-rate or ARM) is determined in
large part by borrowers' preferences, and the proportion of loans originated as
fixed-rate loans may increase should interest rates decline. The Company seeks
to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of its assets by retaining ARM loans it
originates, purchasing additional ARM loans or adjustable-rate mortgage-backed
securities and fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities with remaining estimated
lives of less than five years. In order to maintain flexibility in managing the
Company's interest rate sensitive assets, substantially all of the fixed-rate
residential mortgage loans originated by the Company since 1990 were made in
conformance with Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") requirements to
facilitate sale in the secondary market.

Prevailing interest rates also affect the extent to which borrowers repay and
refinance loans. In a declining interest rate environment, the number of loan
prepayments and loan refinancings to lower than original interest rates may
increase, as well as prepayments of mortgage-backed securities. Call provisions
associated with the Company's investment in U.S. government agency and corporate
securities may also adversely affect yield in a declining interest rate
environment. Such prepayments and calls may adversely affect the yield of the
Company's loan portfolio and mortgage-backed and other securities as the Company
reinvests the prepaid funds in a lower interest rate environment. However, the
Company typically receives additional loan fees when existing loans are
refinanced, which partially offset the reduced yield on the Company's loan
portfolio resulting from prepayments. In periods of low interest rates, the
Company's level of core deposits also may decline if depositors seek higher
yielding instruments or other investments not offered by the Company, which in
turn may increase the Company's cost of funds and decrease its net interest
margin to the extent alternative funding sources are utilized.


Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

A financial institution's exposure to the risks of changing interest rates may
be analyzed, in part, by examining the extent to which its assets and
liabilities are "interest rate sensitive" and by monitoring the institution's
interest rate sensitivity "gap". An asset or liability is said to be interest
rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within
that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference
between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a
specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or
repricing within that time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount
of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing exceeds the amount of
interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within the same period. A gap
is considered negative when the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing
or repricing exceeds the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing
within the same period. Accordingly, a positive gap may enhance net interest
income in a rising rate environment and reduce net interest income in a falling
rate environment. Conversely, a negative gap may enhance net interest income in
a falling rate environment and reduce net interest income in a rising rate
environment.

The table on the following page sets forth the amounts of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 1997 which
are anticipated by the Company, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or
mature in each of the future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the
amount of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a
particular period was determined in accordance with the earlier of the term to
repricing or the contractual terms of the asset or liability. Prepayment
assumptions for mortgage-backed securities are based on national averages.
Passbook and Money Market accounts were assumed to have a withdrawal or
"run-off" rate of 3% and 7%, respectively, based on historical experience.
Management believes that these assumptions are indicative of actual prepayments
and withdrawals experienced by the Company.


                                                                               9
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap Analysis At December 31, 1997
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   More than     More than     More than
                                             Three       Three      One Year    Three Years   Five Years
                                             Months    Months to    to Three      to Five       to Ten      More than
                                            and Less    One Year     Years         Years         Years      Ten Years       Total
====================================================================================================================================
Interest-Earning Assets                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>       
Mortgage loans(1) .......................   $ 17,830    $ 79,552     $167,046     $175,386      $131,036    $  31,709    $  602,559
Other loans(1) ..........................         --          --        4,175           --            --           --         4,175
Short-term securities(2) ................     82,095          --           --           --            --           --        82,095
Securities available for sale:                                                               
  Mortgage-backed securities(3) .........     12,498      44,339       32,746       39,973        54,816       32,738       217,110
  Other(3) ..............................      9,927      14,421       32,139        4,055        73,041        6,019       139,602
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest-earning assets .......    122,350     138,312      236,106      219,414       258,893       70,466     1,045,541
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities                                                                 
Passbook accounts .......................      1,627       4,881       12,389       11,603        25,886      145,282       201,668
NOW accounts ............................         --          --           --           --            --       23,825        23,825
Money market accounts ...................        433       1,299        3,092        2,653         5,101       10,948        23,526
Certificate of deposit accounts .........     99,757     130,034      122,644       24,539         5,755           --       382,729
Mortgagors' escrow deposits .............         --          --           --           --            --        2,074         2,074
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Borrowed funds ..........................     15,425      25,795      140,852      104,760            --          355       287,187
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             
    Total interest-bearing liabilities(4)   $117,242    $162,009     $278,977     $143,555      $ 36,742    $ 182,484    $  921,009
                                                                                             
Interest rate sensitivity gap ...........   $  5,108    $(23,697)    $(42,871)    $ 75,859      $222,151    $(112,018)   $  124,532
Cumulative interest-rate sensitivity gap    $  5,108    $(18,589)    $(61,460)    $ 14,399      $236,550    $ 124,532    $  124,532
Cumulative interest-rate sensitivity gap                                                     
  as a percentage of total assets(5) ....       0.47%      (1.71)%      (5.65)%       1.32%        21.73%       11.44%        11.44%
Cumulative net interest-earning                                                              
  assets as a percentage of                                                                  
  interest-bearing liabilities ..........     104.36%      93.34%       88.99%      102.05%       132.03%      121.17%       121.17%
</TABLE>

(1)  For purposes of the gap analysis, gross mortgage and other loans are
     reduced for non-performing loans.

(2)  Consists of interest-earning deposits.

(3)  Securities available for sale are presented at their amortized cost.

(4)  Does not include non-interest-bearing demand accounts totaling $22.1
     million at December 31, 1997.

(5)  The Company's one year cumulative gap ratio improved from -11.32% at
     December 31, 1996 to -1.71% at December 31, 1997. This improvement reflects
     the increase of $54.6 million in short-term securities as management took
     advantage of certain low cost funding opportunities at year-end.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the
foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have
similar estimated maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in
differing degrees to changes in market interest rates and may bear rates that
differ in varying degrees from the rates that would apply upon maturity and
reinvestment or upon repricing. Also, the interest rates on certain types of
assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest
rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market
rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as ARM loans, have features that
restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of
the asset. Further, in the event of a significant change in the level of
interest rates, prepayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and deposit
withdrawal or "run-off" levels, would likely deviate materially from those
assumed in calculating the above table. In the event of an interest rate
increase, some borrowers may be unable to meet the increased payments on their
adjustable-rate debt. The interest rate sensitivity analysis assumes that the
nature of the Company's assets and liabilities remains static. Interest rates
may have an effect on customer preferences for deposits and loan products.
Finally, the maturity and repricing characteristics of many assets and
liabilities as set forth in the above table are not governed by contract but
rather by management's best judgement based on current market conditions and
anticipated business strategies.


10
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

Analysis of Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning
assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends
upon the relative amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company's
consolidated statements of financial condition and the consolidated statements
of operations for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, and reflects
the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the periods
indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by
the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods
shown. Average balances are derived from average daily balances. The yields
include amortization of fees which are considered adjustments to yields.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,               1997                            1996                           1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Average                           Average                          Average
                                     Average               Yield/    Average                 Yield/    Average               Yield/
                                     Balance    Interest    Cost     Balance    Interest      Cost     Balance    Interest    Cost
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>          <C> 
Interest-earning assets:
  Mortgage loans, net(1)(2)(3) ...   $491,834   $ 41,835     8.51%   $324,427    $ 28,940      8.92%   $261,738   $ 24,209     9.25%
  Other loans, net(1)(2) .........      2,268        227    10.01       1,997         221     11.07       2,774        277     9.99
  Mortgage-backed securities .....    180,615     12,651     7.00     160,371      10,422      6.50     180,178     11,603     6.44
  Other securities ...............    151,400     10,422     6.88     215,772      14,698      6.81     119,343      7,507     6.29
  Interest-earning deposits
    and federal funds sold .......     30,871      1,731     5.61      14,414         780      5.41      19,344      1,110     5.74
                                     ----------------------------    ------------------------------    ----------------------------
Total interest-earning assets ....    856,988     66,866     7.80     716,981      55,061      7.68     583,377     44,706     7.66
                                                -----------------                ------------------               -----------------
Non-interest-earning assets ......     30,076                          36,736                            37,934
                                     --------                        --------                          --------
  Total assets ...................   $887,064                        $753,717                          $621,311
                                     ========                        ========                          ========
Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits:
    Passbook accounts ............   $206,196   $  5,884     2.85%   $214,843       6,142      2.86    $227,740      6,475     2.84
    NOW accounts .................     22,679        432     1.90      19,483         370      1.90      18,520        349     1.88
    Money market accounts ........     24,367        692     2.84      26,470         741      2.80      31,145        869     2.79
    Certificate of
      deposit accounts ...........    342,898     19,487     5.68     296,867      16,848      5.68     260,462     14,597     5.60
    Subscription deposits ........         --         --       --          --          --        --       4,261        118     2.77
    Mortgagors'
      escrow deposits ............      6,044         71     1.17       4,292          63      1.47       4,136         57     1.38
Securities sold with the
  agreement to repurchase ........         --         --       --          --          --        --         395         25     6.33
Other borrowed funds .............    132,274      8,229     6.22      36,396       2,099      5.77       4,767        337     7.07
Other interest-bearing liabilities         --         --       --         457          39      8.53         757         72     9.51
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest-bearing liabilities    734,458     34,795     4.74     598,808      26,302      4.39     552,183     22,899     4.15
                                     --------   -----------------                ------------------               -----------------
Other liabilities(4) .............     19,570                          17,975                            15,087
                                     --------                        --------                          --------
  Total liabilities ..............    754,028                         616,783                           567,270
Equity ...........................    133,036                         136,934                            54,041
                                     --------                        --------                          --------
  Total liabilities and equity ...   $887,064                        $753,717                          $621,311
                                     ========                        ========                          ========
Net interest income/net
  interest rate spread(5) ........              $ 32,071     3.06%               $ 28,759      3.29%              $ 21,807     3.51%
                                                =================                ==================               =================

Net interest-earning assets/net
  interest margin(6) .............   $122,530                3.74%   $118,173                  4.01%              $ 31,194     3.74%
Ratio of interest-earning assets
  to interest-bearing liabilities                            1.17x                             1.20x                           1.06x
</TABLE>

(1)  Average balances include non-accrual loans.

(2)  Loan interest income includes loan fee income of approximately $912,000,
     $1.0 million and $784,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
     1995, respectively.

(3)  Includes for 1995 a $371,000 non-recurring interest payment related to one
     loan sold in a prior period. Had this payment not been made, average yield
     on mortgage loans for 1995 would have been 9.11%.

(4)  Includes non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts.

(5)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average rate on
     interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing
     liabilities.

(6)  Net interest margin represents net interest income before the provision for
     loan losses divided by average interest-earning assets.



     11
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the impact of changes in interest rates and in the
volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on the
Company's interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated.
Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes
attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior
rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied
by the prior volume) and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the
combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the
changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Year Ended December 31, 1997         Year Ended December 31, 1996
                                                                   Compared to Year Ended               Compared to Year Ended
                                                                      December 31, 1996                    December 31, 1995
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Due to                              Due to
                                                               --------------------                --------------------
                                                                Volume       Rate         Net       Volume       Rate         Net
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Mortgage loans, net ........................................   $ 14,933    $ (2,038)   $ 12,895    $  5,799    $ (1,068)   $  4,731
Other loans ................................................         30         (24)          6         (78)         22         (56)
Mortgage-backed securities .................................      1,316         913       2,229      (1,276)         95      (1,181)
Interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold ...........        890          61         951        (283)        (47)       (330)
Other securities ...........................................     (4,384)        108      (4,276)      6,065       1,126       7,191
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total interest-earning assets ............................     12,785        (980)     11,805      10,227         128      10,355
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Deposits:
  Passbook accounts ........................................       (258)         --        (258)       (333)         --        (333)
  NOW accounts .............................................         62          --          62          21          --          21
  Money market accounts ....................................        (59)         10         (49)       (128)         --        (128)
  Certificate of deposit accounts ..........................      2,615          24       2,639       2,039         212       2,251
  Subscription deposits ....................................         --          --          --        (118)         --        (118)
  Mortgagors' escrow deposits ..............................          8          --           8           6          --           6
Other borrowed funds .......................................      5,532         598       6,130       2,211        (474)      1,737
Other interest-bearing liabilities .........................        (39)         --         (39)        (33)         --         (33)
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total interest-bearing liabilities .......................      7,861         632       8,493       3,665        (262)      3,403
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Net change in net interest income ..........................   $  4,924    $ (1,612)   $  3,312    $  6,562    $    390    $  6,952
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996

General. Net income increased $1.8 million from $6.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. This was
due primarily to an increase of $3.3 million in net interest income, partially
offset by an increase of $1.8 million in non-interest expense.

Interest Income. Interest income increased $11.8 million, or 21.44%, to $66.9
million for the year ended December 31, 1997 from $55.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996. This increase was primarily due to an additional $12.9
million in interest and fees on loans during 1997, offset in part by a $2.0
million decrease in interest and dividends on investment securities. The
increase in interest and fee income from loans resulted from higher average loan
balances which increased from $326.4 million for 1996 as compared to $494.1
million for 1997. The decline in interest and dividend income from investment
securities was the result of a $44.1 million dollar decline in the average
balance of investment securities during 1997 as compared to 1996. Other interest
income also increased by $1.0 million due to an increase in the average balance
of federal funds sold.



12
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $8.5 million, or 32.29%, from $26.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $34.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to a $95.9
million increase in the average balances of borrowed funds from $36.4 million
for 1996 as compared to $132.3 million for 1997. The Company has increased its
usage of FHLB-NY advances as an alternative source of funding to leverage its
highly capitalized balance sheet. The increase in the average balances for
deposits from $557.7 million for 1996 to $596.1 million for 1997 have also
contributed to the increase in interest expense. The increase in deposits also
reflects a shift in depositor preferences from lower cost passbook and money
market accounts to higher cost certificate of deposit accounts.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $32.1 million, an increase of $3.3 million from 1996 net interest income
of $28.8 million. Net interest margin, however, declined 27 basis points from
4.01% for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 3.74% for the year ended December
31, 1997. This decline in margin was the result of a 35 basis point increase in
the average cost of funds from 4.39% for 1996 to 4.74% for 1997 as the Company
increased utilization of borrowed funds and interest rates on deposits increased
due to the shift in deposit mix. Partially offsetting this decline in margin was
a 12 basis point increase in the average yield of interest-earning assets,
primarily as a result of an increase in multi-family and commercial real estate
loans. Interest rate spread also declined by 23 basis points from 3.29% for 1996
to 3.06% for 1997. Despite this decline in margin and spread, the actual dollar
amount of net interest income earned increased 11.51% from 1996 to 1997 due to
the increased loan volume.

Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses for the year ended December
31, 1997 was $104,000 as compared to $418,000 for the year ended December 31,
1996. In assessing the adequacy of the Company's allowance for loan losses,
management considers the Company's historical loss experience, recent trends in
losses, collection policies and collection experience, trends in the volume of
non-performing loans, changes in the composition and volume of the gross loan
portfolio, local and national economic conditions, overall portfolio quality and
review of specific problem loans. As a result of sales of non-performing assets,
which reduced the total volume of non-performing loans held by the Company, the
ratio of non-performing loans to gross loans improved from 0.62% at December 31,
1996 to 0.41% at December 31, 1997. Also as a result of the reduction in the
overall level of non-performing loans, the Company's allowance for loan losses
as a percentage of non-performing loans increased from 225.79% at December 31,
1996 to 263.38% at December 31, 1997. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to
gross loans was 1.07% and 1.39% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Net
charge-offs declined $266,000 from $312,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996
to $46,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997.

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $2.7 million, an increase of $914,000 from 1996 levels. The increase was
due to a planned increase in loan and other fees and the receipt of $436,000
associated with settlements of contract disputes, offset in part by a decline in
gain on sales of securities.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $19.3 million, representing an increase of $1.8 million from the year
ended December 31, 1996. This increase was primarily attributable to the
acquisition of New York Federal in September 1997, and by a onetime recovery of
provision for deposits at Nationar in 1996 of $660,000. The effect of these
factors was offset in part by a $430,000 decline in professional service expense
and a $592,000 decline in data-processing expense as the Company converted to a
new data processor in 1997.

Income Tax Provisions. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $6.8 million, as compared to $5.8 million for the year ended December
31, 1996. This represents a decline of 2.13% in the effective tax rate of 46.39%
for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 44.26% for the year ended December 31,
1997. This decline reflects the ancillary benefit of the Bank's implementation
of a real estate investment trust in November of 1997.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

General. Net income increased $3.4 million from $3.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995 to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The
increase was due primarily to an increase of $7.0 million, or 31.88%, in net
interest income less related tax effect.

Interest Income. Interest income increased $10.4 million, or 23.16%, to $55.1
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 from $44.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995. This increase was primarily due to an additional $4.7
million in interest and fee income on loans and an additional $6.0 million in
interest and dividend income on securities during 1996 as compared to 1995. The
increase in interest income from loans and securities was the result of higher
average balances in mortgage loans and investment securities. The average
balance of mortgage loans increased 23.95%, or $62.7 million



                                                                              13
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

from $261.7 million for 1995 to $324.4 million for 1996. The average balance of
investment securities increased $76.6 million from $299.5 million for 1995 to
$376.1 million for 1996. The increase in interest income on loans and securities
was offset in part by a $330,000 decline in other interest income due to a $4.9
million decline in the average balance of federal funds sold and overnight
interest-earning deposits from $19.3 million for 1995 to $14.4 million for 1996.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $3.4 million, or 14.86%, from $22.9
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $26.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to shifts
in deposits from lower cost passbook and money market accounts to higher cost
certificate of deposit accounts, and increased usage of borrowed funds. The
average balances of certificates of deposit accounts increased $36.4 million
from $260.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $296.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996, while the average balances of passbook and
money market accounts declined $12.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively,
from 1995 as compared to 1996. The Bank also increased usage of FHLB-NY advances
during 1996 as an alternative source of low cost funding to leverage its highly
capitalized balance sheet. As a result, average balances for borrowed funds
increased $31.3 million from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995
to $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 1996
totaled $28.8 million, a $7.0 million increase from 1995 net interest income of
$21.8 million. This increase occurred primarily as a result of the $10.4 million
increase in interest income, offset in part by the $3.4 million increase in
interest expense. The net interest margin increased 27 basis points from 3.74%
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 4.01% for the year ended December 31,
1996. However, as a result of declining interest rates on mortgage loans,
increasing interest rates on deposits due to the shift in deposit mix, and
increased utilization of borrowed funds, the interest rate spread decreased 22
basis points from 3.51% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 3.29% for the
year ended December 31, 1996.

Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses for the year ended December
31, 1996 was $418,000 as compared to $496,000 for the year ended December 31,
1995. In assessing the adequacy of the Company's allowance for loan losses,
management considers the Company's historical loss experience, recent trends in
losses, collection policies and collection experience, trends in the volume of
non-performing loans, changes in the composition and volume of the gross loan
portfolio, which increased $103.0 million, or 35.92%, from $286.8 million at
December 31, 1995, and local and national economic conditions. As a result of
sales of non-performing loans which reduced the total volume of non-performing
loans held by the Company, the ratio of non-performing loans to gross loans
improved from 1.74% at December 31, 1995 to 0.62% at December 31, 1996. As a
result of the reduction in the overall level of non-performing loans, the
Company's allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans
increased from 106.61% at December 31, 1995 to 225.79% at December 31, 1996. The
ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans was 1.39% and 1.85% at
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 1996
totaled $1.7 million, a decrease of $2.9 million from 1995 levels. The decrease
was primarily attributable to certain one time items recorded during the 1995
period consisting of amortization of deferred gains from the sale of real estate
amounting to $2.8 million and the receipt of a $387,000 refund of New York State
gains tax.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1996
totaled $17.6 million, representing a decrease of $2.7 million from the year
ended December 31, 1995. This decrease was primarily due to the nonrecurrence of
a one-time write-off in 1995 of $2.2 million of deferred costs that were
incurred in connection with the Conversion through March 31, 1995, and the
recovery in 1996 of $660,000 loss provision made in 1995 for $4.4 million in
demand deposits at Nationar, a New York State chartered trust company, which
were frozen by the Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York pending the
outcome of the Superintendent's liquidation of Nationar. The Company received
back all of its deposits in 1996 and the $660,000 loss provision was recovered.
The decline in non-interest expenses was also aided by an $822,000 decrease in
federal deposit insurance premium from $824,000 for the year ended December 31,
1995 to $2,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 as a result of a reduction
by the FDIC in assessment rate, and a $637,000 decrease in directors' pension
expense due to one time expenses incurred in 1995 related to the establishment
of the plan. The decreases in non-interest expense were offset in part by an
increase of $686,000 in salaries and employee benefits and additional expenses
associated with being a publicly held company and costs associated with a
proposed change in the Company's provider of data processing systems being
implemented as part of the Company's strategy to enhance its systems to improve
efficiencies.



14
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

Income Tax Provisions. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1996
totaled $5.8 million, as compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December
31, 1995. This increase of $3.3 million, or 135.24%, was due to a 117.63%
increase in income before taxes from $5.8 million for the year ended December
31, 1995 to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The effective
tax rate for the year ended December 31, 1996 also increased to 46.39% from
42.92% for the year ended December 31, 1995. This increase in effective tax
rates was partially the result of the repeal of favorable tax laws regarding
provision for loan losses during 1996.

Liquidity, Regulatory Capital and Capital Resources

The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, principal and
interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed and other securities, proceeds from
sales of securities and, to a lesser extent, proceeds from sales of loans.
Deposit flows and mortgage prepayments, however, are greatly influenced by
general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank has an
over-night line of credit of approximately $36.4 million with the FHLB-NY. In
total, as of December 31, 1997, the Bank may borrow up to $263.4 million from
the FHLB-NY in Federal Home Loan advances and over-night lines of credit. As of
December 31, 1997, the Bank had borrowed $187.1 million in FHLB-NY advances and
$100.0 million in reverse repurchase agreements with the FHLB-NY to fund lending
and investment opportunities. There was no over-night line of credit outstanding
at December 31, 1997.

Pursuant to OTS regulations regarding liquidity requirements, the Bank is
required to maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets (cash and certain
securities with detailed maturity limitations and marketability requirements)
equal to a monthly average of not less than a specified percentage of its net
withdrawable deposit accounts plus short-term borrowings. The OTS may vary the
amount of the liquidity requirement by regulation, but only within
pre-established statutory limits of no less than 4% and no greater than 10%. For
1996 and the greater part of 1997, OTS regulation set the liquidity requirement
at 5%, with a 1% short term liquidity requirement. Amendments to OTS
regulations, effective November 27, 1997, reduced the liquidity requirement from
5% to 4% and removed the 1% short term liquidity requirement. In addition, these
amendments eliminated the requirement that obligations of FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC
must have five years or less remaining until maturity to qualify as a liquid
asset. At December 31, 1997, the Bank's liquidity ratio, computed in accordance
with the OTS requirements, as amended, was 24.53%. At December 31, 1996, the
Bank's liquidity ratio, computed in accordance with the OTSrequirements prior to
the amendment (and therefore excluding FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC obligations with
maturities greater than five years), was 10.91%. Had the 1996 regulations been
in effect on December 31, 1997, the Bank's liquidity ratio as computed in
accordance with the 1996 regulation would have been 13.45%. Unlike the Bank, the
Holding Company is not subject to OTS regulatory requirements on the maintenance
of minimum levels of liquid assets.

The Company's most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which include
cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning
deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less. The level of these assets
is dependent on the Company's operating, financing, lending and investing
activities during any given period. At December 31, 1997, cash and cash
equivalents totaled $90.4 million, an increase of $55.9 million from December
31, 1996. The Company also held marketable securities available for sale with a
carrying value of $356.7 million at December 31, 1997.

At December 31, 1997, the Company had outstanding loan commitments of $18.1
million, open lines of credit for borrowers of $3.8 million and commitments to
purchase mortgage loans of $8.4 million. The Company's total interest and
operating expenses in 1997 were $34.8 million and $19.3 million, respectively.
Certificate of deposit accounts which are scheduled to mature in one year or
less as of December 31, 1997 totaled $161.2 million.

Cash flow provided by operating activities totaled $9.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997 as compared to $13.2 million for the year ended December
31, 1996. This is the result of a $4.4 million recovery of deposits at Nationar
during 1996 which increased 1996 cash flow provided by operating activities.
Cash flow from financing activities increased $235.6 million to $298.4 million
in 1997 as the Company increased borrowing activity by $185.2 million to $236.2
million in 1997 and deposit activity increased by $49.1 million. Cash provided
by operating and financing activities was used to fund an increase in net loan
origination and purchase activity of $216.8 million in 1997 as compared to
$103.8 million in 1996, $7.6 million in net repurchases of the Company's common
shares in 1997 and the purchase of New York Federal.

At the time of the Bank's conversion from a federally chartered mutual savings
bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank, the Bank was required by the
OTS to establish a liquidation account which is reduced as and to the extent
that eligible account holders reduce their qualifying deposits. The balance of
the liquidation account at December 31, 1997 was $15.0



                                                                              15
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

million. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each
eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the
liquidation account. The Bank is not permitted to declare or pay a dividend or
to repurchase any of its capital stock if the effect would be to cause the
Bank's regulatory capital to be reduced below the amount required for the
liquidation account. Unlike the Bank, the Holding Company is not subject to OTS
regulatory restrictions on the declaration or payment of dividends to its
stockholders, although the source of such dividends could depend upon dividend
payments from the Bank. The Holding Company is subject, however, to the
requirements of Delaware law, which generally limit dividends to an amount equal
to the excess of its net assets (the amount by which total assets exceed total
liabilities) over its stated capital or, if there is no such excess, to its net
profits for the current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

Regulatory Capital Position. Under OTS capital regulations, the Bank is required
to comply with each of three separate capital adequacy standards: tangible
capital, core capital and total risk-based capital. Such classifications are
used by the OTS and other bank regulatory agencies to determine matters ranging
from each institution's semi-annual FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments,
to approvals of applications authorizing institutions to grow their asset size
or otherwise expand business activities. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Bank
exceeded each of the three OTS capital requirements. (See Note 16 of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Interest Rate Risk

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), which requires the
measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical
dollars without considering the changes in fair value of investments due to
changes in interest rate risk. Generally, the fair value of financial
investments such as loans and securities fluctuates inversely with changes in
interest rates. As a result, increases in interest rates could result in
decreases in the fair value of the Company's interest-earning assets which could
adversely affect the Company's results of operations if sold, or, in the case of
securities classified as available-for-sale, the Company's stockholders' equity,
if retained.

The Company manages the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities on a continuous basis to maximize return and adjust risk exposure.
On a quarterly basis, management prepares the "Earnings and Economic Exposure to
Changes In Interest Rate" report for review by the Board of Directors, as
summarized below. This report quantifies the potential changes in net interest
income and net portfolio value should interest rates go up or down (shocked) 400
basis points, assuming the yield curves of the rate shocks will be parallel to
each other. Net portfolio value is defined as interest-earning assets net of
interest-bearing liabilities. All changes in income and value are measured as
percentage changes from the projected net interest income and net portfolio
value at the base interest rate scenario. The base interest rate scenario
assumes interest rates at December 31, 1997 and various estimates regarding
prepayment and all activities are made at each level of rate shock. Actual
results could differ significantly from these estimates. The Company's current
interest rate exposure is within the guidelines set forth by the Board of
Directors.

                                           Projected Percentage Change In
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in Interest Rate               Net Interest Income    Net Portfolio Value
================================================================================

- -400 Basis Points.....................        3.01%                   25.03%
- -300 Basis Points.....................        2.01                    18.02
- -200 Basis Points.....................        0.61                    11.84
- -100 Basis Points.....................       -0.24                     6.37
Base Interest Rate....................          --                       --
+100 Basis Points.....................       -3.42                   -11.80
+200 Basis Points.....................       -7.78                   -24.43
+300 Basis Points.....................      -12.73                   -36.98
+400 Basis Points.....................      -17.85                   -48.25



16
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation

Impact of New Accounting Standards

In June of 1997, the Financial Accounting Standard Board ("FASB") issued SFAS
No.130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1997. This Statement establishes standards for reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains
and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. Management
anticipates that the potential impact to net income would consist solely of the
inclusion of the SFAS 115 adjustments, net of tax, currently included in the
stockholders' equity section of the financial statements.

In June of 1997, FASB issued SFAS No.131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information", effective for financial statements for
periods beginning after December 15, 1997. This Statement establishes standards
for the methodology of reporting information about operating segments of public
enterprises in annual and interim financial reports.

In February of 1998, FASB issued SFAS No.132, "Employers' Disclosures about
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits", an amendment of FASB Statements No.
87, 88 and 106. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. This Statement standardizes the disclosure requirements for
pensions and other postretirement benefits to the extent practicable and does
not change the measurement or recognition of the benefits.

Other Trends and Contingencies

The Company's net interest rate spread declined 23 basis points from 3.29% for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to 3.06% for the year ended December 31, 1997.
This decline was due primarily to a 35 basis point increase in the average cost
of deposits and borrowings, partially offset by a 12 basis point increase in
average yield on loans and other investments.

From December 31, 1996 through December 31, 1997, the Company experienced an
aggregate decline of $8.6 million in the average balance of its passbook savings
account deposits and an aggregate increase of $46.0 million in the average
balance of certificate of deposit accounts. The increase in certificate of
deposit accounts was due primarily to $48.4 million in certificates of deposit
acquired with the purchase of New York Federal. Although the Company has not
raised the interest rate offered on its passbook accounts, it has sought to
maintain its certificates of deposit at competitive rates. Starting in 1996, the
Company also increased its utilization of FHLB-NY advances as an alternative
source of funding. Borrowed funds totaled $287.1 million at December 31, 1997
with an average cost of 6.22% for 1997 as compared to the average cost of 5.68%
for certificates of deposit during 1997 and 1996. These trends contributed to
the increase in the Company's average cost of funds from 4.39% for 1996 to 4.74%
for 1997. A continuation of these trends could result in a further increase in
the Company's cost of funds and a narrowing of the Company's net interest
margin.

The Company utilizes and is dependent upon data processing systems and software
to conduct its business. The data processing systems and software include those
developed and maintained by the Company's third party data processing vendor and
purchased software run on in-house computer networks. As the year 2000
approaches, a critical business issue has emerged regarding how existing
application software programs and operating systems can accommodate this date
value. As a result, in 1997, the Company established a year 2000 task force to
assure that its computer systems will function properly in the year 2000. The
task force has contacted the Company's data processing vendor and software
suppliers to determine whether the systems used by the Company are year 2000
compliant and, if not, to assess the corrective steps being taken. The Company's
data processing vendor and the majority of the other vendors which have been
contacted have indicated that their hardware and/or software will be year 2000
compliant. Testing will be performed for compliance and regular monthly reports
will be submitted to the Company's Board of Directors by the task force. While
there may be some expense incurred during the next two years, year 2000
compliance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's
consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.



                                                                              17
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                        1997                  1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>                    <C>            
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks ..............................................................       $     8,257,791        $     7,472,155
Federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposits ...........................            82,094,629             26,953,000
Securities available for sale:
  Mortgage-backed securities .........................................................           217,110,108            141,038,177
  Other securities ...................................................................           139,602,095            190,856,985
Loans ................................................................................           604,895,338            388,217,450
  Less: Allowance for loans losses ...................................................            (6,474,027)            (5,436,832)
                                                                                             --------------------------------------
    Net loans ........................................................................           598,421,311            382,780,618
Interest and dividends receivable ....................................................             9,281,705              6,896,504
Real estate owned, net ...............................................................               432,986              1,218,296
Bank premises and equipment, net .....................................................             6,492,937              5,796,166
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock .............................................            14,355,750              4,158,350
Goodwill .............................................................................             5,369,899                     --
Other assets .........................................................................             7,056,825              8,172,253
                                                                                             --------------------------------------
    Total assets .....................................................................       $ 1,088,476,036        $   775,342,504
                                                                                             ======================================
LIABILITIES
Due to depositors:
  Non-interest bearing ...............................................................       $    22,089,514        $    10,292,645
  Interest-bearing ...................................................................           631,747,441            570,761,937
Mortgagors' escrow deposits ..........................................................             2,074,434              3,424,764
Borrowed funds .......................................................................           287,187,199             51,000,000
Other liabilities ....................................................................             8,934,348              6,582,114
                                                                                             --------------------------------------
    Total liabilities ................................................................           952,032,936            642,061,460
                                                                                             --------------------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, ($0.01 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares) ......................                    --                     --
Common stock, ($0.01 par value, authorized 20,000,000 shares;
  8,910,100 shares issued; 7,864,620 and 8,250,497 shares outstanding
  at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .......................................                89,101                 89,101
Additional paid-in capital ...........................................................           101,697,157            101,277,592
Treasury stock, at average cost (1,045,480 and 659,603 shares at
  December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) ..........................................           (19,666,287)           (12,065,068)
Unearned compensation ................................................................           (10,921,058)           (11,660,140)
Retained earnings ....................................................................            63,785,160             56,869,884
Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of taxes ............             1,459,027             (1,230,325)
                                                                                             --------------------------------------
    Total stockholders' equity .......................................................           136,443,100            133,281,044
                                                                                             --------------------------------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .......................................       $ 1,088,476,036        $   775,342,504
                                                                                             ======================================
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.


18
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                  1997               1996                 1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Interest and dividend income
Interest and fees on loans ..........................................        $ 42,061,973        $ 29,161,455         $ 24,485,869
Interest and dividends on securities:
  Taxable interest ..................................................          22,779,284          24,707,890           18,573,668
  Tax-exempt interest ...............................................              46,723              63,205              106,322
  Dividends .........................................................             246,784             347,759              429,674
Other interest income ...............................................           1,731,033             780,400            1,110,034
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
    Total interest and dividend income ..............................          66,865,797          55,060,709           44,705,567
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
Interest expense
Deposits ............................................................          26,565,634          24,163,442           22,465,268
Other interest expense ..............................................           8,229,449           2,137,904              433,092
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
    Total interest expense ..........................................          34,795,083          26,301,346           22,898,360
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income .............................................          32,070,714          28,759,363           21,807,207
Provision for loan losses ...........................................             104,143             417,680              495,942
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income after provision for loan losses .............          31,966,571          28,341,683           21,311,265
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
Non-interest income
Other fee income ....................................................           1,189,838             763,074              724,759
Net gain (loss) on sales of securities and loans ....................              66,718             126,254             (316,045)
Amortization of deferred gain from sale of real estate ..............                  --                  --            2,784,422
New York State gains tax refund .....................................                  --                  --              386,981
Other income ........................................................           1,406,571             859,827            1,104,399
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest income .......................................           2,663,127           1,749,155            4,684,516
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
Non-interest expense
Salaries and employee benefits ......................................          10,213,210           8,214,530            7,528,091
Occupancy and equipment .............................................           1,907,712           2,092,953            1,994,915
Professional services ...............................................           1,583,286           2,013,003            1,563,181
Federal deposit insurance premiums ..................................              86,922               2,000              823,713
Data processing .....................................................             873,130           1,465,022              995,642
Depreciation and amortization .......................................             803,645             955,846              737,665
Real estate owned expenses ..........................................             108,660             318,304              539,920
(Recovery) Provision for deposits at Nationar .......................                  --            (660,096)             660,096
Conversion expenses .................................................                  --                  --            2,221,832
Other operating .....................................................           3,747,536           3,162,991            3,174,954
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest expense ......................................          19,324,101          17,564,553           20,240,009
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes ..........................................          15,305,597          12,526,285            5,755,772

Provision for income taxes
Federal .............................................................           4,491,020           3,539,517            1,497,271
State and local .....................................................           2,283,889           2,271,373              972,879
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
    Total provision for income taxes ................................           6,774,909           5,810,890            2,470,150
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
Net income ..........................................................        $  8,530,688        $  6,715,395         $  3,285,622
                                                                             =====================================================
Basic earnings per share ............................................        $       1.20        $       0.86       Not meaningful
Diluted earnings per share ..........................................        $       1.18        $       0.86       Not meaningful
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.


                                                                              19
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                    1997               1996                1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>                <C>
Common Stock
Balance, beginning of year ................................................     $      89,101      $      86,250                 --
Issuance of 8,625,000 shares on November 21, 1995 .........................                --                 --      $      86,250
Restricted stock awards of 285,100 shares .................................                --              2,851                 --
                                                                                ---------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ..................................................     $      89,101      $      89,101      $      86,250
                                                                                ===================================================
Additional Paid-In Capital
Balance, beginning of year ................................................     $ 101,277,592      $  96,514,628                 --
Issuance of 8,625,000 shares on November 21, 1995,
  net of conversion costs of $2,658,413 ...................................                --                 --      $  96,442,837
Release of shares from Employee Benefit Trust
  (18,040, 20,658 and 22,100 shares for the years ended
  December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively) .........................           203,857            134,128             71,791
Restricted stock awards (30,500 and 298,400 shares for the years
  ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) .........................           104,574          4,628,836                 --
Stock options exercised (7,400 shares) ....................................           (19,707)                --                 --
Tax benefit of unearned compensations .....................................           130,841                 --                 --
                                                                                ---------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ..................................................     $ 101,697,157      $ 101,277,592      $  96,514,628
                                                                                ===================================================
Treasury Stock
Balance, beginning of year ................................................     $ (12,065,068)                --                 --
Purchases of common shares outstanding (420,477 and 667,653 shares
  for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) ...........     $  (8,246,997)     $ (12,223,253)                --
Restricted stock award forfeitures (3,300 and 5,250 shares
  for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) ...........           (54,605)           (85,313)                --
Restricted stock award (30,500 and 13,300 shares for the
  years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) ...................           560,426            243,498                 --
Options exercised (7,400 common shares) ...................................           139,957                 --                 --
                                                                                ---------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ..................................................     $ (19,666,287)     $ (12,065,068)                --
                                                                                ===================================================
Unearned Compensations
Balance, beginning of year ................................................     $ (11,660,140)     $  (7,680,850)                --
Purchase of 690,000 shares on November 21, 1995
  for Employee Benefit Trust ..............................................                --                 --      $  (7,935,000)
Release of shares from Employee Benefit Trust
  (18,040, 20,658 and 22,100 shares for the year ended
  December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively) .........................           240,564            237,583            254,150
Restricted stock awards (30,500 and 298,400 shares for the
  years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) ...................          (665,000)        (4,875,185)                --
Restricted stock award forfeitures (3,300 and 5,250 shares
  for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively) ...........            54,605             85,313                 --
Restricted stock award expense ............................................         1,108,913            572,999                 --
                                                                                ---------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ..................................................     $ (10,921,058)     $ (11,660,140)     $  (7,680,850)
                                                                                ===================================================
Retained Earnings
Balance, beginning of year ................................................     $  56,869,884      $  50,777,543      $  47,491,921
Net income ................................................................         8,530,688          6,715,395          3,285,622
Cash dividends declared and paid ..........................................        (1,615,412)          (623,054)                --
                                                                                ---------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ..................................................     $  63,785,160      $  56,869,884      $  50,777,543
                                                                                ===================================================
Net Unrealized (Loss) Gain on Securities Available
  for Sale, Net of Taxes
Balance, beginning of year ................................................     $  (1,230,325)     $   1,632,635      $  (7,377,253)
Change in net gain (loss), net of taxes of approximately $2,266,000,
  $(2,443,000) and $7,899,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997,
  1996 and 1995, respectively, on securities available for sale ...........         2,689,352         (2,862,960)         9,009,888
                                                                                ---------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ..................................................     $   1,459,027      $  (1,230,325)     $   1,632,635
                                                                                ===================================================
Total stockholders' equity ................................................     $ 136,443,100      $ 133,281,044      $ 141,330,206
                                                                                ===================================================
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.



20
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                    1997               1996                1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>                 <C>          
Operating Activities
Net income .............................................................      $   8,530,688       $   6,715,395       $   3,285,622
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
    Provision for loan losses ..........................................            104,143             417,680             495,942
    Provision for losses on real estate owned ..........................                 --             149,948             311,197
    (Recovery) Provision for deposits at Nationar ......................                 --            (660,096)            660,096
    Depreciation and amortization of
      bank premises and equipment ......................................            803,645             955,846             737,665
    Amortization of goodwill ...........................................            122,043                  --                  --
    Net (gain) loss on sales of securities .............................            (51,718)           (126,254)            316,045
    Net gain on sales of loans .........................................            (15,000)                 --                  --
    Net loss (gain) on sales of real estate owned ......................            108,660             (71,958)            (70,437)
    Amortization of unearned premium, net of
      accretion of unearned discount ...................................            653,593           1,187,865           1,815,108
    Amortization of deferred income ....................................           (858,411)           (933,277)           (646,718)
    Deferred income tax (benefit) provision ............................           (155,244)            (42,000)           (461,113)
    Deferred compensation ..............................................            164,382             173,909              90,246
    Amortization of deferred gain from sale of real estate .............                 --                  --          (2,784,422)
Origination of mortgage loans available for sale .......................                 --                  --            (626,000)
Proceeds from sales of loans available for sale ........................                 --                  --             633,264
Changes in operating assets and liabilities ............................           (747,138)          4,444,271             (48,456)
Unearned compensation ..................................................          1,028,647             944,710                  --
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by operating activities ........................          9,688,290          13,156,039           3,708,039
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
Investing Activities
Purchases of bank premises and equipment ...............................         (1,500,416)           (637,979)         (1,192,403)
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank shares .............................         (8,938,200)                 --                  --
Purchases of securities available for sale .............................       (168,527,000)       (141,594,000)       (149,751,000)
Purchases of securities held to maturity ...............................                 --                  --         (20,147,000)
Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale .........        108,059,718         128,355,254          56,984,691
Proceeds from maturities and prepayments
  of securities available for sale .....................................         40,197,830          55,431,385          15,603,325
Proceeds from calls of securities held to maturity .....................                 --                  --             249,000
Proceeds from maturities and prepayments
  of securities held to maturity .......................................                 --                  --          16,759,441
Net originations and repayments of loans ...............................        (91,785,729)        (63,964,857)         (9,348,510)
Purchases of loans .....................................................       (124,988,000)        (39,873,000)        (18,766,000)
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned ...............................            488,740           1,461,777           1,727,974
Acquisition of New York Federal, net of cash and cash equivalents ......         (5,170,579)                 --                  --
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
      Net cash used in investing activities ............................       (252,163,636)        (60,821,420)       (107,880,482)
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                                          Continued
</TABLE>



                                                                              21
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                    1997               1996                1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>                 <C>          
Financing Activities
Net increase (decrease) in non-interest bearing deposits ..................        11,796,869            (79,803)           369,577
Net increase in interest-bearing deposits .................................        60,985,504         23,727,191         43,951,101
Net (decrease) increase in mortgagors' escrow deposits ....................        (1,350,330)           967,816           (243,810)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowed funds ......................         5,000,000         25,000,000        (10,000,000)
Increases in long-term borrowed funds .....................................       231,187,199         26,000,000                 --
Issuance of common stock, net .............................................                --                 --         72,249,000
Purchases of treasury stock, net ..........................................        (7,601,219)       (12,223,253)                --
Cash dividends paid .......................................................        (1,615,412)          (623,054)                --
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities .............................       298,402,611         62,768,897        101,325,868
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ......................        55,927,265         15,103,516         (2,846,575)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ..............................        34,425,155         19,321,639         22,168,214
                                                                              -----------------------------------------------------
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ................................   $    90,352,420     $   34,425,155      $  19,321,639
                                                                              =====================================================
                                                                                                    
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure                                                                   
Interest paid .............................................................   $    33,254,271     $   26,263,133      $  22,834,378
Income taxes paid .........................................................         6,532,165          5,421,633          1,703,966
Non-cash activities:                                                                                
  Loans originated as the result of real estate sales .....................           637,100            306,568            482,292
  Loans transferred through the foreclosure of a                                                    
    related mortgage loan to real estate owned ............................           373,985          1,262,024            870,582
  Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale .......         4,955,553         (5,308,535)        16,799,000
  Transfer of securities from held to maturity to available for sale ......                --                 --         93,296,000
  Transfer of deposits at Nationar to other assets ........................                --                 --          4,408,000
  Transfer of depositor balances in exchange for common stock .............                --                 --         16,353,000
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.


22
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

1.   Nature of Operations

Flushing Financial Corporation, a bank holding company (the "Holding Company"),
was incorporated in May 1994 with authorized capital of 20,000,000 shares of
$0.01 par value common stock and 5,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred
stock. On November 21, 1995, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") converted
from a mutual to capital stock form of ownership and the Holding Company
acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of the Bank. The
transaction was accounted for in a manner similar to that of a pooling of
interests. The Holding Company had no business or activity prior to its
acquisition of the Bank on November 21, 1995. The consolidated financial
statements presented for the year ended December 31, 1995 reflect principally
the Bank's activities. Flushing Financial Corporation and its wholly direct and
indirect owned subsidiaries, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, FSB Properties,
Incorporated, Flushing Preferred Funding Corporation and 780 East 138th Street
Property Corporation are collectively herein referred to as the "Company".

The Company's principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general
public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from
operations, primarily in (i) originations and purchases of one-to-four family
residential mortgage loans, multi-family income-producing property loans, and
commercial real estate loans; (ii) mortgage loan surrogates such as
mortgage-backed securities and; (iii) U.S. government and federal agency
securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities.
To a lesser extent, the Company originates certain other loans, including
construction loans and Small Business Administration loans. The Bank conducts
its business through seven full-service banking offices, of which four are
located in Queens County, one in Nassau County, one in Kings County (Brooklyn)
and one in New York County (Manhattan), New York.

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and the Bank follow
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and general practices
applicable to the banking industry. The policies which materially affect the
determination of the Company's financial position, results of operations and
cash flows are summarized below.

Principles of consolidation:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Flushing Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Flushing
Savings Bank, FSB, FSB Properties, Incorporated ("Properties"), 780 East 138th
Street Property Corporation ("780 Corp.") and Flushing Preferred Funding
Corporation ("FPFC"). Properties is an inactive subsidiary whose purpose was to
manage real estate properties and joint ventures. 780 Corp. is an inactive
subsidiary, which was used by New York Federal, prior to its acquisition by the
Company, to manage its risk in real estate owned. FPFC is a real estate
investment trust incorporated on November 5, 1997 to hold approximately $256.7
million of the Bank's mortgage loans. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents:

For the purpose of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and due from
banks, federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposits with original
maturities of 90 days or less as cash and cash equivalents.

Securities available for sale:

Securities are classified as available for sale when management intends to hold
the securities for an indefinite period of time or when the securities may be
utilized for tactical asset/liability purposes and may be sold from time to time
to effectively manage interest rate exposure and resultant prepayment risk and
liquidity needs. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted, respectively,
using the level-yield method. Realized gains and losses on the sales of
securities are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized
gains and losses on securities available for sale are excluded from earnings and
reported as a separate component of equity, net of taxes.

Unamortized loan origination fees:

The portion of loan origination fees that exceeds the direct costs of
underwriting and closing loans is deferred. The deferred fees received in
connection with a loan are amortized to income using the interest method over
the shorter of the repricing period or the contractual life of the related loan.



                                                                              23
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries 

Allowance for loan losses:

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses at an amount which, in
management's judgment, is adequate to absorb estimated losses on existing loans
that may become uncollectible. Management's judgment in determining the adequacy
of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans. These
evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the composition
and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect
the borrowers' ability to pay, overall portfolio quality and review of specific
problem loans. The above factors may change significantly and therefore affect
management's determination of the allowance for loan losses in the near term.

Accrual of income on loans:

Interest on loans is recognized as income when earned except to the extent that
the underlying loan is deemed doubtful of collection and placed on non-accrual
status. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become past
due in excess of ninety days as to payment of principal or interest, and
previously accrued interest is reversed. A non-accrual loan can be returned to
accrual status after the loan meets certain criteria. Subsequent cash payments
received on non-accrual loans that do not meet the criteria are applied first as
a reduction of principal until all principal is recovered and then subsequently
to interest.

Mortgage loans available for sale:

Mortgage loans available for sale consist of loans originated with the intent to
sell. Mortgage loans available for sale are carried at lower of cost or market.
Changes in the fair value are included in the determination of net income in the
year in which the change occurs. Retained mortgage servicing rights relating to
mortgage loans originated for sale are recognized as a separate assets, similar
to purchased mortgage servicing rights. Capitalized mortgage servicing rights
are assessed for impairment based upon the fair value of those rights.

Real estate owned:

Real estate owned consists of property acquired by foreclosure. These properties
are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs
to sell (hereinafter defined as fair value). This determination is made on an
individual asset basis. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, the
deficiency is recognized as a valuation allowance. Further decreases to fair
value will be recorded in this valuation allowance through a provision for
losses on real estate owned. The Company utilizes estimates of fair value to
determine the amount of its valuation allowance.
Actual values may differ from those estimates.

Bank premises and equipment:

Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost, less depreciation accumulated on
a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets (5
to 40 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the terms of the related leases or the lives of the assets, whichever is
shorter.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock:

In connection with the Bank's borrowings from the FHLB-NY, the Bank is required
to purchase shares of FHLB-NY non-marketable capital stock at par. Such shares
are redeemed by FHLB-NY at par with reductions in the Bank's borrowing levels.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as
collateralized financing and are carried at amounts at which the securities will
be subsequently reacquired as specified in the respective agreements.

Goodwill:

The portion of the discount on the estimated fair value of net assets acquired
in the acquisition of New York Federal is amortized using the interest method
over the estimated lives of the related assets or liabilities. The cost of
acquisition is amortized using the straight-line method over fifteen years.

Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 was
computed by dividing net income by the total weighted average number of common
shares outstanding, including only the vested portion of restricted stock
awards. Diluted earnings per share includes the additional dilutive effect of
stock options outstanding and the unvested portions of restricted stock awards
during the period. The shares held in the Company's Employee Benefit Trust are
not included in shares outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per
share. Earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1995 was calculated
using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period
from November 21, 1995 to December 31, 1995 of 7,935,552 shares, and net income
of $655,000 for the period from November 21, 1995 to December 31, 1995, and
accordingly were not meaningful.



24
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries 

Earnings per share has been computed based on the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                               1997           1996           1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>       
Net income ............................................................................     $8,530,688     $6,715,395     $  655,000
Divided by:
  Weighted average common shares outstanding ..........................................      7,106,406      7,801,029      7,935,552
  Weighted average common stock equivalents ...........................................        104,027         43,676             --
                                                                                            ----------------------------------------
    Total weighted average common shares outstanding & common stock equivalents .......      7,210,433      7,844,705      7,935,552
Basic earnings per share ..............................................................     $     1.20     $     0.86     $     0.08
Diluted earnings per share ............................................................     $     1.18     $     0.86     $     0.08
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

3.   Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
(Dollars in thousands) ................................................................           1997           1996           1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>       
Cash and due from banks ...............................................................     $    8,258     $    7,472     $   11,884
Federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposits ............................         82,094         26,953          7,438
                                                                                            ----------------------------------------
    Total cash and cash equivalents ...................................................     $   90,352     $   34,425     $   19,322
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

4.   Loans

The composition of loans as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

================================================================================
(Dollars in thousands)                                   1997             1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One-to-four family ...........................         $289,286         $223,245
Co-operative .................................           12,065           13,273
Multi-family .................................          230,229          104,870
Commercial ...................................           68,182           46,698
Construction .................................            2,797               --
Small Business Administration ................            2,789               --
Consumer .....................................            1,385            1,679
                                                       -------------------------
  Gross loans ................................          606,733          389,765
Less: Unearned income ........................            1,838            1,548
                                                       -------------------------
    Total loans ..............................         $604,895         $388,217
================================================================================

The Bank adopted SFAS No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a
Loan" and SFAS No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a
Loan--Income Recognition and Disclosure", on January 1, 1995. Adoption of these
Pronouncements did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial
statements and did not affect the comparability of prior period credit risks.
The total amount of loans on non-accrual status as of December 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995 was $2,458,000, $2,408,000 and $4,747,000, respectively. At December
31, 1997, impaired loans totaled $2,771,000; and $330,000, or 5.10%, of the
allowance for loan losses relates to impaired loans. At December 31, 1996,
impaired loans totaled $2,468,000; and $257,000, or 4.74%, of the allowance for
loan losses relates to impaired loans. At December 31, 1995, impaired loans
totaled $5,400,000; and $1,178,000 or 22% of the allowance for loan losses
relates to impaired loans. The portion of the impaired loan amount above 100% of
the loan-to-value ratio is charged off. Impaired loans include loans on
non-accrual status and loans that are performing but deemed substandard by
management. Impaired loans are analyzed on an individual basis.



                                                                              25
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

The following is a summary of interest foregone on non-accrual and restructured
loans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1997                          1996                         1995
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)                      Non-accrual Restructured     Non-accrual Restructured     Non-accrual Restructured
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Interest income that would have
  been recognized had the loans
  performed in accordance with
  their original terms.................       $180           --             $210          --             $365          $71
Less: Interest income included in
  the results of operations............         --           --               65          --               21           62
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foregone interest......................       $180           --             $145          --             $344          $ 9
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The following are changes in the allowance for loan losses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
(Dollars in thousands)                                                                     1997           1996         1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>            <C>          <C>    
Balance, beginning of year............................................................    $5,437         $5,310       $ 5,370
Provision for loan losses.............................................................       104            418           496
Additional allowance acquired with the purchase of New York Federal...................       979             --            --
Charge-offs...........................................................................      (206)          (535)       (1,052)
Recoveries............................................................................       160            244           496
                                                                                          -----------------------------------
  Balance, end of year................................................................    $6,474         $5,437       $ 5,310
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

5.   Real Estate Owned

The following are changes in the allowance for losses on real estate owned:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
(Dollars in thousands)                                                                     1997           1996         1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>            <C>          <C>    
Balance, beginning of year............................................................    $  281         $  388       $   774
Provision.............................................................................        --            150           311
Reduction due to sales of real estate owned...........................................      (207)          (257)         (697)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year................................................................    $   74         $  281       $   388
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

6.   Bank Premises and Equipment, Net

Bank premises and equipment at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

================================================================================
(Dollars in thousands)                                         1997        1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Land ...................................................     $   801     $   801
Building and leasehold improvements ....................       3,317       3,039
Equipment and furniture ................................       7,383       6,500
                                                             -------------------
  Total ................................................      11,501      10,340
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ........       5,008       4,544
                                                             -------------------
  Bank premises and equipment, net .....................     $ 6,493     $ 5,796
================================================================================

7.   Accounting for Debt and Equity Securities

Investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values and
all investments in debt securities are classified in one of the following three
categories and accounted for accordingly: (1) trading securities, (2) securities
available for sale and (3) securities held to maturity.



26
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

The Company did not hold any trading securities or securities held-to-maturity
during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. Securities available
for sale are recorded at estimated fair value based on dealer quotations where
available. Actual values may differ from estimates provided by outside dealers.
Securities classified as held-to-maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for
amortization of premium and accretion of discount using the level-yield method.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company's securities,
classified as available for sale as of December 31, 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      Gross            Gross
                                                                 Amortized        Estimated        Unrealized       Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)                                             Cost         Market Value          Gains           Losses
==============================================================================================================================
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>   
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies............    $120,106          $120,123          $  366            $  349
Corporate debt securities...................................      13,755            14,365             617                 7
Public utility debt securities..............................       2,247             2,271              33                 9
Preferred stock.............................................       2,768             2,843              84                 9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total other securities....................................     138,876           139,602           1,100               374
Mortgage-backed securities..................................     215,159           217,110           2,683               732
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total securities available for sale.......................    $354,035          $356,712          $3,783            $1,106
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company's securities,
classified as available for sale at December 31, 1997, by contractual maturity,
are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
without call or prepayment penalties.

                                                         -----------------------
                                                                       Estimated
                                                         Amortized      Market
(Dollars in thousands)                                     Cost          Value
================================================================================
Securities Available for Sale
Due in one year or less ..........................       $  1,254       $  1,258
Due after one year through five years ............         34,146         34,214
Due after five years through ten years ...........         96,710         96,755
Due after ten years ..............................          6,766          7,375
                                                         -----------------------
  Total other securities .........................        138,876        139,602
Mortgage-backed securities .......................        215,159        217,110
                                                         -----------------------
  Total securities available for sale ............       $354,035       $356,712
================================================================================

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company's securities
classified as available for sale at December 31, 1996, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================================
                                                                                                      Gross            Gross
                                                                Amortized        Estimated         Unrealized       Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)                                             Cost         Market Value          Gains           Losses
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>   
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies............    $150,045          $148,141          $  296            $2,200
Corporate debt securities...................................      33,251            33,553             409               107
Public utility debt securities..............................       4,305             4,294               8                19
Preferred stock.............................................       4,655             4,869             258                44
                                                                --------------------------------------------------------------
  Total other securities....................................     192,256           190,857             971             2,370
Mortgage-backed securities..................................     141,917           141,038           1,497             2,376
                                                                --------------------------------------------------------------
  Total securities available for sale.......................    $334,173          $331,895          $2,468            $4,746
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

For the year ended December 31, 1997, gross gains of $506,000 and losses of
$454,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale of $98,430,000.
For the year ended December 31, 1996, gross gains of $500,000 and losses of
$374,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale of
$102,076,000. For the year ended December 31, 1995, gross gains of $334,000 and
losses of $650,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale of
$57,000,000.


                                                                              27
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

8.   Due to Depositors

Due to depositors as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the weighted average
rate on deposits for the year ended December 31, 1997, are as follows:

================================================================================
                                                                      Weighted
                                                                    Average Cost
(Dollars in thousands)                        1997         1996         1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest-bearing deposits:
  Certificate of deposit accounts........   $382,729     $314,483       5.94%
  Passbook savings accounts..............    201,668      209,690       2.90
  Money market accounts..................     23,526       25,180       2.86
  NOW accounts...........................     23,825       21,408       1.90
                                            ---------------------
    Total interest-bearing deposits......    631,748      570,761
Non-interest bearing deposits:
  Demand accounts........................     22,089       10,293
                                            ---------------------
    Total due to depositors..............   $653,837     $581,054
=============================================================================

The aggregate amount of time deposits with denominations greater than $100,000
was $29,856,000 and $22,047,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Interest expense on deposits, for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively, is summarized as follows:

================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,            1997            1996          1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
Certificate of deposit accounts.........   $19,487        $16,848        $14,597
Passbook savings accounts...............     5,884          6,142          6,475
Money market accounts...................       692            741            869
NOW accounts............................       432            370            349
Subscription deposits...................        --             --            118
                                           -------------------------------------
  Total due to depositors...............    26,495         24,101         22,408
Mortgagors' escrow deposits.............        71             63             57
                                           -------------------------------------
  Total deposit expense.................   $26,566        $24,164        $22,465
================================================================================

9.   Borrowed Funds

Borrowed funds as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, is summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
                                                                                 1997                           1996
                                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     Weighted                       Weighted
At December 31,                                                          Amount    Average Rate        Amount    Average Rate
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>  
Short-term Borrowings:(1)
  Reverse repurchase agreements...................................     $ 20,000       5.91%                 --          --
  FHLB-NY advances................................................       10,000       6.35%            $25,000        6.03%
                                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
    Total short-term borrowings...................................     $ 30,000       6.05%            $25,000        6.03%
                                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Long-term Borrowings:                                                                             
  Reverse repurchase agreements...................................     $ 80,000       5.82%                 --          --
  FHLB-NY advances................................................      177,112       6.34%            $26,000        5.67%
                                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
    Total short-term borrowings...................................     $257,112       6.18%            $26,000        5.67%
                                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Other Borrowings..................................................     $     75                             --
                                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Total borrowings..................................................     $287,187                        $51,000
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) Borrowings with an original maturity date of less than one year.



28
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

As part of the Company's strategy to finance investment opportunities with low
cost funds, the Company had entered into reverse repurchase agreements with the
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLB-NY"). These agreements are recorded as
financing transactions and the obligations to repurchase are reflected as a
liability in the consolidated financial statements. The securities underlying
the agreements are in the custody of FHLB-NY. FHLB-NY, who may sell, loan or
otherwise dispose of such securities to other parties in the normal course of
their operations, agreed to resell to the Company the same securities at the
maturities of the agreements. The Company retains the right of substitution of
collateral throughout the terms of the agreements. All the reverse repurchase
agreements are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities. Information
relating to these agreements at or for the year ended December 31, 1997 is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================================================================
At or for the year ended December 31,                                                                               1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                                                               <C>     
Book value of collateral......................................................................................    $114,408
Estimated fair value of collateral............................................................................     115,547
Average balance of outstanding agreements during the year.....................................................       6,904
Maximum balance of outstanding agreements at a month end during the year......................................     100,000
Average interest rate of outstanding agreements during the year...............................................        5.84%
=================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Pursuant to a blanket collateral agreement with the FHLB-NY, advances are
secured by all of the Bank's stock in the FHLB-NY, certain qualifying mortgage
loans, mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities, and other securities not
otherwise pledged in an amount at least equal to 110% of the advances
outstanding.

10.  Income Taxes

Flushing Financial Corporation files consolidated Federal and combined New York
State and New York City income tax returns with the Bank and Properties. FPFC
files separate Federal, New York State and New York City income tax returns as a
real estate investment trust entity. Under SFAS No. 109, a deferred tax
liability is recognized on all taxable temporary differences and a deferred tax
asset is recognized on all deductible temporary differences and operating losses
and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce the
potential deferred tax asset if it is "more likely than not" that all or some
portion of that potential deferred tax asset will not be realized. This
Statement also requires companies to take into account changes in tax laws or
rates when valuing the deferred income tax amounts they carry on their
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

Income tax provisions (benefits) for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
1995, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                           1997           1996          1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                                       <C>            <C>           <C>   
Federal:
  Current.............................................................................    $5,148         $3,304        $1,951
  Deferred............................................................................      (657)           236          (454)
                                                                                          -----------------------------------
    Total federal tax provision.......................................................     4,491          3,540         1,497
                                                                                          -----------------------------------
State and Local:
  Current.............................................................................     1,782          2,549           980
  Deferred............................................................................       502           (278)           (7)
                                                                                          -----------------------------------
    Total state and local tax provision...............................................     2,284          2,271           973
                                                                                          -----------------------------------
Total income tax provision............................................................    $6,775         $5,811        $2,470
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                                                              29
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

The income tax provision in the consolidated statements of income has been
provided at effective rates of 44%, 46% and 43% for the years ended December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The effective rates differ from the statutory
federal income tax rate as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                              1997                      1996                      1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Taxes at federal statutory rate....................    $5,357       35%          $4,258       34%           $1,957       34%
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:
  State & local income tax, net of
    Federal income tax benefit.....................     1,485       10            1,499       12               691       12
Other..............................................       (67)      (1)              54       --              (178)      (3)
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Taxes at effective rate........................    $6,775       44%          $5,811       46%           $2,470       43%
============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The components of the income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995; attributable to income from operations and changes in equity are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                      1997              1996            1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                                   <C>             <C>              <C>    
Income from operations..........................................................      $6,775          $ 5,811          $ 2,470
Equity:
  Change in fair value of securities available for sale.........................       2,266           (2,443)           7,899
                                                                                      ----------------------------------------
    Total.......................................................................      $9,041          $ 3,368          $10,369
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The components of the net deferred tax asset (liability) as of December 31, 1997
and 1996 are as follows:

================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (In thousands)
Deferred tax asset:
  Postretirement benefits ................................     $1,989     $1,781
  Allowance for loan losses ..............................      1,545      1,935
  Deferred income ........................................        230         90
  Unrealized losses on securities available for sale .....         --      1,048
  Other ..................................................        518        320
                                                               -----------------
    Deferred tax asset ...................................      4,282      5,174
                                                               -----------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Unrealized gains on securities available for sale ......      1,218         --
  Depreciation expense ...................................        492        473
  Other ..................................................         --         17
                                                               -----------------
    Deferred tax liability ...............................      1,710        490
                                                               -----------------
Net deferred tax asset in other assets ...................     $2,572     $4,684
================================================================================

The Company has recorded a net deferred tax asset of $2,572,000. The realization
is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future years and future
loss carryback potential. Although realization is not assured, management
believes it is more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax asset will
be realized.

11.  Benefit Plans

The Company maintains a profit-sharing plan and the Bank maintains a 401(k)
plan. Both plans are tax-qualified defined contribution plans which cover
substantially all employees. Annual contributions are at the discretion of the
Company's Board of Directors, but not to exceed the maximum amount allowable
under the Internal Revenue Code. Annual contributions by the Bank into the
401(k) plan for employees vests 20% per year over a five year period.
Contributions by the Company and its subsidiaries amounted to $469,000, $419,000
and $394,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


30
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Employee Benefit Trust:

As a part of the Conversion discussed in Note 14, an Employee Benefit Trust
("EBT") was established to assist the Company in funding its benefit plan
obligations. The EBT borrowed $7,928,000 from the Company and used $7,000 of
cash received from the Bank to purchase 690,000 shares of the common stock of
the Company issued in the Conversion. The loan will be repaid principally from
the Company's discretionary contributions to the EBT, dividend payments received
on common stock held by the EBT, or forgiven by the Company, over a period of 30
years. At December 31, 1997 the loan had an outstanding balance of $7,191,000,
bearing an interest rate of 6.22% per annum. The loan obligation of the EBT is
considered unearned compensation and, as such, is recorded as a reduction of the
Company's stockholders' equity. Both the loan obligation and the unearned
compensation are reduced by the amount of loan repayments made by the EBT or
forgiven by the Company. Shares purchased with the loan proceeds are held in a
suspense account for contribution to specified benefit plans as the loan is
repaid or forgiven. Shares released from the suspense account are used solely
for funding matching contributions under the Bank's 401(k) plan and
contributions to the Company's profit-sharing plan. Since the Company's annual
contributions are discretionary, compensation payable under the EBT cannot be
estimated. For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company recorded
$411,000 and $372,000, respectively, of compensation expense under the EBT.

The shares pledged as collateral are reported as unallocated EBT shares in the
stockholders' equity. As shares are released from collateral, the Company
reports compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares,
and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations. The EBT
shares as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================================
December 31,                                                              1997           1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>        
Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, beginning balance.........        647,242        667,900
Shares released and allocated.....................................         18,040         20,658
                                                                      --------------------------
Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, ending balance............        629,202        647,242
Market value of unallocated shares................................    $15,022,000    $11,731,000
================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Restricted Stock Plan:

The 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan ("Restricted Stock Plan") became
effective on May 21, 1996 after adoption by the Board of Directors and approval
by shareholders. The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be
issued under the Restricted Stock Plan to employees may not exceed 241,500
shares, and to Outside Directors may not exceed 103,500 shares, for a total of
345,000 shares (4% of the number of shares issued in the Company's initial
public offering). Lapsed, forfeited or canceled awards and shares withheld from
an award to satisfy tax obligations will not count against these limits, and
will be available for subsequent grants. The shares distributed under the
Restricted Stock Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued
shares.

On May 21, 1996, the Company issued 285,100 restricted common shares under the
Restricted Stock Plan, valued at $16.25 per share, based on the average market
price on May 20, 1996. Another 13,300 restricted shares were granted from
treasury stock under the Restricted Stock Plan on December 17, 1996, valued at
$18.2188 per share, based on the average market price on December 17, 1996. An
additional 29,500 and 1,000 restricted shares valued at $21.7500 and $23.3750
per share, respectively, were awarded on September 16, 1997 and December 16,
1997, respectively, in connection with the purchase of New York Federal Savings
Bank. All grants vest 20% per year over a five year period with full vesting in
the event of death, disability, retirement or a change in control. Total
restricted stock award expense in 1997 and 1996 was $1,109,000 and $573,000,
respectively. Restricted stock forfeitures during 1997 and 1996 totaled 3,300
and 5,250 shares, respectively.

                                                                ----------------
                                                                Number of Shares
================================================================================
Restricted Stock Awards authorized..........................       345,000
Restricted Stock Awarded....................................       328,900
Restricted shares repurchased to satisfy tax obligations....       (14,277)
Forfeitures.................................................        (8,550)
                                                                ----------------
Shares available for future Restricted Stock Awards.........        38,927
================================================================================


                                                                              31
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Stock Option Plan:

The 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan ("Stock Option Plan") became effective on
May 21, 1996 after adoption by the Board of Directors and approval by
shareholders. The Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock
options intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code, nonstatutory stock options, and stock appreciation rights granted
in tandem with such options. The aggregate number of shares of common stock
which may be issued under the Stock Option Plan with respect to options granted
to employees may not exceed 603,750 shares, and with respect to options granted
to Outside Directors may not exceed 258,750 shares, for a total of 862,500
shares (10% of the number of shares issued in the Company's initial public
offering). Lapsed, forfeited or canceled options will not count against these
limits and will be available for subsequent grants. However, the cancellation of
an option upon exercise of a related stock appreciation right will count against
these limits. Options with respect to more than 75,000 shares of common stock
may not be granted to any employee in any calendar year. The shares distributed
under the Stock Option Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but
unissued shares.

The Company issued stock options with respect to 737,750 shares on May 21, 1996
with an exercise price of $16.25 per share, based on the average market price on
May 20, 1996. Stock options with respect to 26,600 shares were also issued on
December 17, 1996 with an exercise price of $18.21 per share, based on the
average market price on that date. In connection with the acquisition of New
York Federal Savings Bank, additional stock options with respect to 59,000 and
2,000 shares were issued to retained New York Federal employees on September 16,
1997 and December 16, 1997, respectively, with exercise prices of $21.75 and
$23.38 per share, respectively. All grants vest 20% per year over a five year
period with full vesting upon death, disability, retirement or a change in
control. Stock options with respect to 6,600 and 10,500 shares were forfeited
during the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", the
Company has chosen to apply APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees" and related Interpretations in accounting for its Stock Option Plan.
Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for options granted under
the Stock Option Plan. Had compensation cost for the Company's Stock Option Plan
been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates, consistent with the
method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income and earnings per
share would have been as follows. However, the initial impact of the new rules,
as per SFAS No. 123, may not be representative of the effect on income in future
years because the options vest over several years and additional option grants
may be made each year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================
                                                    1997                             1996
                                          ---------------------------------------------------------
                                          As Reported     Pro Forma        As Reported    Pro Forma
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>       
Net income............................    $8,531,000     $8,101,000       $6,715,000     $6,421,000
Basic earnings per share..............    $     1.20     $     1.14       $     0.86     $     0.82
Diluted earnings per share............    $     1.18     $     1.12       $     0.86     $     0.82
===================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used for
grants made in 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

================================================================================
                                                    1997 Grants      1996 Grants
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend yield...................................      1.21%            0.93%
Expected volatility..............................     28.55%           27.41%
Risk-free interest rate..........................      6.08%            6.58%
Expected option life.............................     7 Years          7 Years
==============================================================================


32
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

A summary of the status of the Company's Stock Option Plan as of December 31,
1997, and changes during the year is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               --------------------------
                                                                                                 Weighted
                                                                                Shares            Average
                                                                               Underlying        Exercise
                                                                                Options            Price
=========================================================================================================
<S>                                                                             <C>               <C>   
Outstanding, beginning of year.............................................      753,850          $16.32
Granted....................................................................       61,000          $21.80
Exercised..................................................................        7,400          $16.25
Forfeited..................................................................        6,600          $16.25
                                                                               --------------------------
  Outstanding, end of year.................................................      800,850          $17.31
Options exercisable at year-end............................................      171,770          $16.31
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year.............     $515,350
=========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The following table summarizes information about the Stock Option Plan at
December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Options Outstanding                   Options Exercisable
                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Weighted                                 Weighted
                                     Number            Average                Number            Average
                                 Outstanding at       Remaining           Exercisable at       Exercise
         Exercise Prices            12/31/97      Contractual Life           12/31/97            Price
=======================================================================================================
<S>                                  <C>            <C>                       <C>               <C>   
             $16.25                  714,250         8.5 Years                166,650           $16.25
             $18.21                   25,600         9.0 Years                  5,120           $18.21
             $21.75                   59,000         9.6 Years                     --               --
             $23.38                    2,000        10.0 Years                     --               --
                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     800,850                                  171,770           $16.31
========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Pension Plan:

The Company also has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all
of its employees (the "Retirement Plan"). The benefits are based on years of
service and the employee's compensation during the three consecutive years out
of the final ten years of service which produces the highest average. The
Company's funding policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount that can
be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to
provide not only for the benefits attributed to service to date but also for
those expected to be earned in the future.

The components of the net pension expense are as follows:

================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                     1997      1996       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
Service cost ..................................     $ 298      $ 309      $ 280
Interest cost .................................       487        422        389
Amortization of transition asset ..............        (2)        (5)        (5)
Amortization of past service liability ........       (24)       (25)       (24)
Return on plan assets .........................      (581)      (505)      (422)
                                                    ----------------------------
  Net pension expense .........................     $ 178      $ 196      $ 218
================================================================================


                                                                              33
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

The following table sets forth the funded status of the Retirement Plan and the
amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition at
December 31, 1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                                1997             1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                                                       <C>               <C>    
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits of $6,013,000 and
    $4,602,000 as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively ..................................          $ 6,143           $ 4,946
====================================================================================================================================
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date ......................................          $(7,270)          $(6,077)
Plan assets at fair value ......................................................................            8,863             7,255
                                                                                                          --------------------------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation ..........................................            1,593             1,178
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different from that assumed
  and effects of changes in assumptions ........................................................           (1,144)             (733)
Prior service cost not yet recognized in periodic pension cost .................................             (159)             (184)
Unrecognized net asset .........................................................................               --                (2)
                                                                                                          --------------------------
  Prepaid pension cost included in other assets ................................................          $   290           $   259
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, the weighted average discount
rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit
obligation was 7.25% and 7.5%. Compensation was projected to increase 5.0% and
5.5% for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The expected
long-term rate of return on assets was 8%. Assets in the Retirement Plan consist
of various equity and fixed income funds.

The Bank has an Outside Director Retirement Plan (the "Directors' Plan"), which
provides benefits to each outside director whose years of service as an outside
director (including service as a director or trustee of the Bank or any
predecessor) plus age equal or exceed 75. Benefits are also payable to an
outside director whose status as an outside director terminates because of
disability or who is an outside director upon a change of control (as defined in
the Directors' Plan). An eligible director will be paid an annual retirement
benefit equal to the last annual retainer paid, plus fees paid for attendance at
Board meetings during the twelve month period prior to retirement. Such benefit
will be paid in equal monthly installments for the lesser of the number of
months such director served as an outside director or 120 months, provided,
however, that a director's retirement benefits will be paid in a cash lump sum
in the event of a change of control. In the event of the director's death, the
surviving spouse shall receive the equivalent benefit. No benefits will be
payable to a director who is removed for cause. The Holding Company has
guaranteed the payment of benefits under the Directors' Plan. Upon adopting the
Directors' Plan, the Bank elected to immediately recognize the effect of
adopting the Directors' Plan of approximately $644,000. In addition, the
periodic cost of the Directors' Plan for the year ended December 31, 1996 was
$59,000. Expenses for the Directors' Plan for the year ended December 31, 1997
totaled $92,000.

The following table sets forth the Directors' Plan's funded status and amounts
recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31,
1997 and 1996:

<TABLE>
===================================================================================
December 31,                                                    1997        1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>  
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation:
  Accumulated benefit obligation ..........................    $ 1,654     $ 729
===================================================================================
  Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date     (1,654)    $(729)
  Plan assets at fair value ...............................         --        --
                                                               --------------------
  Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation ...     (1,654)     (729)
  Unrecognized gain .......................................        (18)      (41)
  Unrecognized past service liability .....................        828        --
                                                               --------------------
  Accrued pension cost included in other liabilities ......    $  (844)    $(770)
===================================================================================
</TABLE>

For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, the weighted average discount
rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit
obligation was 7.25% and 7.75%, respectively. The level of future retainers was
projected to remain constant.



34
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

12.  Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pension

In December 1990, the FASB issued SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions". This Statement established
accounting standards for postretirement benefits other than pensions
(hereinafter referred to as postretirement benefits). The Statement principally
focuses on health care benefits, although it applies to all forms of
postretirement benefits other than pensions.

The Company sponsors two defined benefit postretirement plans that cover all
full time permanent employees and their spouses. One plan provides medical
benefits through a fifty percent cost sharing arrangement. The other plan
provides life insurance benefits and is noncontributory. These retiree programs
are available to retirees with five years of service. Eligible retirees receive
lifetime medical and life insurance coverage for themselves and lifetime medical
coverage for their spouses.

Comprehensive medical plan benefits equal the lesser of the normal plan benefit
or the total amount not paid by Medicare. Life insurance benefits for retirees
are based on annual compensation and age at retirement. As of December 31, 1997,
the Bank has not adopted a funding policy.

The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in the
consolidated statement of financial condition:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                          1997              1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                                                  <C>               <C>   
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
  Retirees......................................................................................     $  724            $  666
  Fully eligible active plan participants.......................................................        516               129
  Other active plan participants................................................................        420               509
                                                                                                     ------------------------
    Accumulated postretirement plan obligations.................................................      1,660             1,304
                                                                                                     ------------------------
Plan assets at fair value.......................................................................         --                --
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation in excess of plan assets..........................      1,660             1,304
Unrecognized amounts:
  Past service liability........................................................................        722               824
  Ultimate net gain.............................................................................       (113)              130
                                                                                                     ------------------------
    Postretirement benefit liability included in other liabilities..............................     $2,269            $2,258
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Assumptions used in determining the actuarial present value of the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligations as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as
follows:

================================================================================
December 31,                                                  1997         1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rate of return on plan assets............................       NA           NA
Discount rate............................................     7.25%        7.50%
Rate of increase in health care costs:
  Initial................................................      7.5%        10.0%
  Ultimate (year 2005)...................................      5.0%         5.5%
Annual rate of salary increases..........................       NA           NA
================================================================================

The health care cost year end rate assumes a grading down of 0.5% per year from
the initial rate to the ultimate rate.

The health care cost trend rate assumptions have a significant effect on the
amounts reported. To illustrate, increasing the assumed health care cost trend
rates by one percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 1997 by $134,000 and the
aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic
postretirement benefit costs for the year ended by $16,000.


                                                                              35
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

For the year ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the resulting net periodic
postretirement benefit expense consisted of the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================================
For the year ended December 31,                                                             1997           1996          1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                                        <C>            <C>            <C> 
Service cost--benefits earned during the period.........................................   $  69          $  49          $ 66
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.........................      110             96           131
Amortization of past service liability.................................................     (102)          (102)          (57)
                                                                                           -----------------------------------
  Net postretirement benefit expense...................................................    $  77          $  43          $140
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

13.  Related Party Transactions

December 31, 1997 and 1996, loans to officers and related persons of officers,
directors and the Company aggregated approximately $1,439,000 and $1,140,000,
respectively. During the year ended December 31, 1997, repayments totaled
approximately $125,000.

14.  Conversion Costs

On July 15, 1994, the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company
with the Securities and Exchange Commission became effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933. In March 1995, the Company withdrew
the registration statement on Form S-1 and de-registered the shares thereunder.
Costs incurred of approximately $2,222,000 that were directly associated with
the Conversion through March 31, 1995, were expensed effective March 31, 1995.

15.  Stockholders' Equity

On November 21, 1995, the Company, through an initial public offering ("IPO"),
completed the issuance and sale of 7,935,000 shares of common stock to the
Bank's depositors and 690,000 shares to the Bank's Employee Benefit Trust
("EBT"). From the IPO, the Company received gross proceeds of $99,188,000,
before reduction of $7,935,000 related to the EBT shares which were purchased
through a loan from the Company to the EBT and $2,658,000 of IPO related
expenses. Included in gross proceeds were $16,353,000 of bank depositor balances
that were converted into IPO purchases of common stock.

At December 31, 1997, restricted stock awards of 38,927 shares remain available
for future grants and stock options in respect to 54,250 shares were also
available for future grants. Stock options in respect to 800,850 shares are
outstanding and not exercised.

Additionally, the Bank established, in accordance with the requirements of the
Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"), a liquidation account for $47,620,000
which was equal to its capital as of the date of the latest consolidated
statement of financial condition appearing in the final IPO prospectus. The
liquidation account is reduced as and to the extent that eligible account
holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases in deposits
do not restore an eligible account holder's interest in the liquidation account.
In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each eligible account holder
will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an
amount proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying balances for accounts
then held. As of December 31, 1997, the Bank's liquidation account was
$15,021,000 and was presented within retained earnings. Accordingly, the
Company's retained earnings were restricted by that amount.

In addition to the restriction described above, the Company may not declare or
pay cash dividends on or repurchase any of its shares of common stock if the
effect thereof would cause the stockholders' equity to be reduced below
applicable regulatory capital maintenance requirements or if such declaration
and payment would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.

Dividends paid for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 totaled $1,615,000
and $623,000, respectively. Starting in the second quarter of 1997, the Board of
Directors increased quarterly dividend payable from $0.04 per share to $0.06 per
share, subject to the conditions stated above and the discretion of the Board of
Directors.

16.  Regulatory Capital

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA")
imposes a number of mandatory supervisory measures on banks and thrift
institutions. Among other matters, FDICIA established five capital zones or
classifications (well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized).



36
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Such classifications are used by the OTS and other bank regulatory agencies to
determine matters ranging from each institution's semi-annual FDIC deposit
insurance premium assessments, to approvals of applications authorizing
institutions to grow their asset size or otherwise expand business activities.
Under OTS capital regulations, the Bank is required to comply with each of three
separate capital adequacy standards. Set forth below is a summary of the Bank's
compliance with OTS capital standards as of December 31, 1997 and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================
                                              December 31, 1997               December 31, 1996
                                          --------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Percent of                      Percent of
                                           Amount         Assets            Amount        Assets
==================================================================================================
<S>                                       <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>   
Tangible capital:
  Capital level.......................    $ 95,355         9.11%           $93,138        12.67%
  Requirement.........................      15,708         1.50%            11,028         1.50%
  Excess..............................    $ 79,647         7.61%           $82,110        11.17%
Core (Tier I) capital:
  Capital level.......................    $ 95,355         9.11%           $93,138        12.67%
  Requirement.........................      41,887         4.00%            29,408         4.00%
  Excess..............................    $ 53,468         5.11%           $63,730         8.67%
Total risk-based capital:
  Capital level.......................    $101,794        19.76%           $97,597        27.43%
  Requirement.........................      41,212         8.00%            28,464         8.00%
  Excess..............................    $ 60,582        11.76%           $69,133        19.43%
==================================================================================================
</TABLE>

17.  Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments:

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.
These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and lines of
credit. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and
market risks in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial
statements.

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
counterparty to the financial instrument for loan commitments and lines of
credit is represented by the contractual amounts of these instruments.

Commitments to extend credit (principally real estate mortgages), purchase
mortgage loans and lines of credit (principally home equity lines of credit)
amounted to approximately $18,077,000, $37,431,000 and $3,799,000, respectively,
at December 31, 1997. Since generally all of the loan commitments are expected
to be drawn upon, the total loan commitments approximate future cash
requirements, whereas the amounts of lines of credit may not be indicative of
the Company's future cash requirements. The Company uses the same credit
policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
on-balance-sheet instruments.

The following is a summary, as of December 31, 1997, of commitments to extend
credit for fixed-rate real estate mortgages.

       Total Commitments    Average Interest Rate    Average Commitment Term
       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
          $5,380,000                7.24%                   180 days

Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to a
customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the
contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and require payment
of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case by
case basis. Collateral held consists primarily of real estate.


                                                                              37
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

The Company's minimum annual rental payments for Bank premises due under
noncancellable leases are as follows:

                                                                  --------------
                                                                  Minimum Rental
================================================================================

                                                                  (In thousands)
Years ending December 31:
1998...........................................................       $  424
1999...........................................................          437
2000...........................................................          451
2001...........................................................          475
2002...........................................................          495
Thereafter.....................................................        2,187
                                                                  --------------
  Total minimum payments required..............................       $2,282
==============================================================================

The leases have escalation clauses for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
Certain lease agreements provide for increases in rental payments based upon
increases in the consumer price index. The Company has an option to renew the
leases expiring in 2001 for two periods of five years each. Rent expense under
these leases for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was
approximately $449,000, $406,000 and $378,000, respectively.

Contingencies:

The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits. Management of the Company, after
consultation with outside legal counsels, believes that the resolution of these
various matters will not result in any material effect on the Company's
consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

18.  Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company's lending is concentrated in residential and commercial real estate
loans to borrowers in the metropolitan New York area. The Company evaluates each
customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis under the Company's
established underwriting policies. The collateral obtained by the Company
generally consists of first liens on residential real estate and commercial
income producing real estate.

19.  Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires
that the Company disclose the estimated fair values for certain of its financial
instruments. Financial instruments include items such as loans, deposits,
securities, commitments to lend and other items as defined in SFAS No. 107.

Fair value estimates are supposed to represent estimates of the amounts at which
a financial instrument could be exchanged between willing parties in a current
transaction other than in a forced liquidation. However, in many instances
current exchange prices are not available for many of the Company's financial
instruments, since no active market generally exists for a significant portion
of the Bank's financial instruments. Accordingly, the Company uses other
valuation techniques to estimate fair values of its financial instruments such
as discounted cash flow methodologies and other methods allowable under SFAS No.
107.

Fair value estimates are subjective in nature and are dependent on a number of
significant assumptions based on management's judgment regarding future expected
loss experience, current economic condition, risk characteristics of various
financial instruments, and other factors. In addition, SFAS No. 107 allows a
wide range of valuation techniques, therefore, it may be difficult to compare
the Company's fair value information to independent markets or to other
financial institutions' fair value information.

The Company generally holds its earning assets, other than securities available
for sale, to maturity and settles its liabilities at maturity. However, fair
value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant
market information. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that
could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of
a particular instrument. Accordingly, as assumptions change, such as interest
rates and prepayments, fair value estimates change and these amounts may not
necessarily be realized in an immediate sale.

SFAS No. 107 does not require disclosure about fair value information for items
that do not meet the definition of a financial instrument or certain other
financial instruments specifically excluded from its requirements. These items
include core



38
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

deposit intangibles and other customer relationships, premises and equipment,
leases, income taxes, foreclosed properties and equity. Further, SFAS No. 107
does not attempt to value future income or business. These items are material
and accordingly, the fair value information presented does not purport to
represent, nor should it be construed to represent, the underlying "market" or
franchise value of the Company.

The estimated fair value of each material class of financial instruments as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related methods and assumptions used to
estimate fair value are as follows:

Cash and due from banks, overnight interest-earning deposits and federal funds
sold, interest and dividends receivable, mortgagors' escrow deposits, borrowed
funds and other liabilities The carrying amounts are a reasonable estimate of
fair value.

Securities held to maturity and securities available for sale
The estimated fair values of securities available for sale are contained in Note
7 of notes to consolidated financial statements. Fair value is based upon quoted
market prices, where available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair
value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities and
adjusted for differences between the quoted instrument and the instrument being
valued.

Loans

The estimated fair value of loans as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 is
$608,164,000 and $396,140,000, respectively.

For commercial mortgages, fair value is estimated by discounting the expected
future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made
to borrowers with similar credit ratings and remaining maturities.

For residential mortgages, co-operative, and condominium loans, fair value is
estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans,
adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.

For consumer loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the expected future
cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to
borrowers with similar credit ratings and remaining maturities.

For non-accruing loans, fair value is generally estimated by discounting
management's estimate of future cash flows with a discount rate commensurate
with the risk associated with such assets.

Due to depositors

The estimated fair value of deposits as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 was
$653,300,000 and $581,638,000, respectively.

The fair values of demand, passbook savings, NOW and money market deposits are,
by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e.
their carrying value). The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposits
are estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using the rates
currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Other financial instruments

The fair values of commitments to sell, lend or borrow are estimated using the
fees currently charged or paid to enter into similar agreements, taking into
account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit worthiness
of the counterparties or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise
settle with the counterparties at the reporting date. For fixed-rate loan
commitments to sell, lend or borrow, fair values also consider the difference
between current levels of interest rates and committed rates (where applicable).

As of December 31, 1997 and 1996, the fair values of the above financial
instruments approximate the recorded amounts of the related fees and were not
considered to be material.

20.  Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June of 1997, the Financial Accounting Standard Board ("FASB") issued SFAS
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1997. This Statement establishes standards for reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains
and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. Management
anticipates that the potential impact to net income would consist solely of the
inclusion of the SFAS 115 adjustments, net of tax, currently included in the
equities section of the financial statements.

In June of 1997, FASB issued SFAS No.131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information", effective for financial statements for
periods beginning after December 15, 1997. This Statement establishes standards
for the methodology of reporting information about operating segments of public
enterprises in annual and interim financial reports.



                                                                              39
<PAGE>


Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

In February of 1998, FASB issued SFAS No.132, "Employers' Disclosures about
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits", an amendment of FASB Statements No.
87, 88 and 106. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. This Statement standardizes the disclosure requirements for
pensions and other postretirement benefits to the extent practicable and does
not change the measurement or recognition of the benefits.

21.  Quarterly Financial Data (UNAUDITED)

Selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1997 and 1996 is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================================
                                                        1997                                          1996
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unaudited                              4th         3rd        2nd         1st         4th         3rd        2nd         1st
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (In thousands except per share data)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>    
Quarterly operating data
Interest income.................    $18,903     $17,366     $15,940    $14,658     $14,427     $14,220    $13,514      $12,900
Interest expense................     10,649       9,132       7,994      7,021       6,962       6,797      6,401        6,142
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income...........      8,254       8,234       7,946      7,637       7,465       7,423      7,113        6,758
Provision for loan losses.......         37          --          47         20          96          20        150          152
Other operating income..........      1,014         774         444        431         152         309        546          742
Other expense...................      5,324       5,013       4,434      4,554       4,173       4,637      4,512        4,242
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income before income
    tax expense.................      3,907       3,995       3,909      3,494       3,348       3,075      2,997        3,106
Income tax expense..............      1,582       1,802       1,786      1,604       1,617       1,404      1,346        1,444
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss).............    $ 2,325     $ 2,193     $ 2,123    $ 1,890     $ 1,731     $ 1,671    $ 1,651      $ 1,662
                                    ==========================================================================================
Basic earnings per share........    $  0.33     $  0.31     $  0.30    $  0.26     $  0.23     $  0.21    $  0.21      $  0.21
Diluted earnings per share......    $  0.32     $  0.30     $  0.29    $  0.26     $  0.23     $  0.21    $  0.21      $  0.21
Dividends per share.............    $  0.06     $  0.06     $  0.06    $  0.04     $  0.04     $  0.04         --           --
Average common shares                                                                                                   
  outstanding for
  basic earnings per share......      7,041       7,088       7,125      7,173       7,394       7,898      7,958        7,957
  diluted earnings per share....      7,191       7,206       7,203      7,240       7,452       7,945      7,958        7,957
==============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

22.  Parent Company Only Financial Information

Earnings of the Bank are recognized by the Holding Company using the equity
method of accounting. Accordingly, earnings of the Bank are recorded as
increases in the Holding Company's investment, any dividends would reduce the
Holding Company's investment in the Bank, and any changes in the Bank's
unrealized gain or loss on securities available for sale, net of taxes, would
increase or decrease, respectively, the Holding Company's investment in the
Bank. The condensed financial statements for the Holding Company at and for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 are presented below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                         1997              1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>              <C>          
Condensed Statement of Financial Condition
Assets:
  Cash and due from banks .........................................................................  $     243,000    $     185,000
  Federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposit .......................................      6,500,000        9,600,000
  Securities available for sale:
    Mortgage-backed securities ....................................................................             --               --
    Other securities ..............................................................................     28,005,000       31,300,000
  Interest receivable .............................................................................        402,000          387,000
  Receivable from Bank ............................................................................             --               --
  Investment in Bank ..............................................................................    101,840,000       92,066,000
  Other assets ....................................................................................          2,000          144,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
    Total assets ..................................................................................  $ 136,992,000    $ 133,682,000
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                                          Continued
</TABLE>


40

<PAGE>

Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

22.  Parent Company Only Financial Information (continued)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                  <C>              <C>          
Liabilities:
  Due to Bank .....................................................................................             --    $     247,000
  Other liabilities ...............................................................................  $     549,000          154,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
    Total liabilities .............................................................................        549,000          401,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock ....................................................................................         89,000           89,000
  Additional paid-in capital ......................................................................    101,697,000      101,278,000
  Unearned compensation ...........................................................................    (10,921,000)     (12,065,000)
  Treasury stock ..................................................................................    (19,666,000)     (11,660,000)
  Retained earnings ...............................................................................     63,785,000       56,869,000
  Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale .....................................      1,459,000       (1,230,000)
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
    Total equity ..................................................................................    136,443,000      133,281,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
    Total liabilities and equity ..................................................................  $ 136,992,000    $ 133,682,000
====================================================================================================================================
Condensed Statement of Income
Interest income ...................................................................................  $   2,391,000    $   2,677,000
Other operating expenses ..........................................................................        478,000          776,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
  Income before taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ..........................      1,913,000        1,901,000
Income tax expense ................................................................................        848,000          885,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
  Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ....................................      1,065,000        1,016,000
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank ......................................................      7,466,000        5,699,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
    Net income ....................................................................................  $   8,531,000    $   6,715,000
====================================================================================================================================
Condensed Statement of Cash Flow
Operating activities:
  Net income ......................................................................................  $   8,531,000    $   6,715,000
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank ..................................................     (7,466,000)      (5,699,000)
    Net change in operating assets and liabilities ................................................       (146,000)         451,000
    Unearned compensation, net ....................................................................      1,028,000          945,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
      Net cash provided by operating activities ...................................................      1,947,000        2,412,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
Investing activities:
  Purchases of securities available for sale ......................................................     (3,075,000)     (23,591,000)
  Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale ..................................      7,302,000       29,177,000
  Investment in Bank, net .........................................................................             --       11,500,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
      Net cash provided by investing activities ...................................................      4,227,000       17,086,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
Financing activities:
  Issuance of common stock ........................................................................             --               --
  Purchase of treasury stock ......................................................................     (7,601,000)     (12,260,000)
  Cash dividends paid .............................................................................     (1,615,000)        (623,000)
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
      Net cash used in financing activities .......................................................     (9,216,000)     (12,883,000)
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ..............................................     (3,042,000)       6,615,000
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ......................................................      9,785,000        3,170,000
                                                                                                     -------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ............................................................  $   6,743,000    $   9,785,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                                                              41
<PAGE>


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Flushing Financial Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition
of FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION and SUBSIDIARIES (the "Company") as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income,
changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Flushing Financial
Corporation and Subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the consolidated
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.


/s/ Coopers & Lybrand LLP


New York, New York
February 19, 1998




                       OUTSIDE DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PLAN
                                       OF
                          FLUSHING SAVINGS BANK, FSB
                  (Adopted Effective February 21, 1995 and
               Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1997)

     1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Outside Director Retirement Plan (the
"Plan") of Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") is to provide Retirement
benefits to Outside Directors who have provided expertise in enabling the Bank
to experience successful growth and development. The Plan is amended and
restated effective January 1, 1997.

     2. DEFINITIONS.

          (a)  "Annual Retirement Benefit" means an amount equal to the last
               annual retainer paid to the Outside Director prior to the
               Termination Date, plus the total of actual Board of Directors
               meeting fees (excluding fees earned for committee meetings) paid
               to the Outside Director for the twelve months immediately
               preceding the Termination Date.

          (b)  "Cause" means termination for dishonesty or willful misconduct
               involving moral turpitude.

          (c)  "Change of Control" means:

               (i)  the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of
                    the Bank by any person or entity, or by any persons or
                    entities acting in concert;

               (ii) the occurence of any event if, immediately following such
                    event, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
                    of the Bank or of any successor corporation shall consist of
                    persons other than Current Members (for these purposes, a
                    "Current Member" shall mean any member of the Board of
                    Directors as of the Effective Date of the Plan and any
                    successor of a Current Member whose nomination or


                                       1
<PAGE>


                    election has been approved by a majority of the Current
                    Members then on the Board of Directors);

              (iii) the acquisition of beneficial ownership, directly or
                    indirectly (as provided in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities
                    Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act"), or any successor rule), of
                    25% or more of the total combined voting power of all
                    classes of stock of the Bank by any person or group deemed a
                    person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Act; or

               (iv) approval by the stockholders of the Bank of an agreement
                    providing for the merger or consolidation of the Bank with
                    another corporation where the stockholders of the Bank,
                    immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, would not
                    beneficially own, directly or indirectly, immediately after
                    the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such
                    stockholders to 50% or more of the total combined voting
                    power of all classes of stock of the surviving corporation.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of the Bank to a
               stock form of ownership and/or the acquisition of the Bank by
               Flushing Financial Corporation ("FFC") shall not constitute a
               Change of Control so long as a majority of the members of the
               Board of Directors and a majority of the members of the Board of
               FFC shall consist of Current Members.

          (d)  "Disability" means inability to serve as a director due to
               medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be
               expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be
               expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
               months.

          (e)  "Effective Date" means the day on which the Plan first became
               effective, February 21, 1995.

          (f)  "Outside Director" means a person who is not an employee of the
               Bank or any of its subsidiaries, and who is elected or appointed
               to serve as a member of the Board of Directors (or, prior to the
               Bank's conversion to a stock form of ownership, the Board of
               Trustees) of the Bank.

          (g)  "Participant" means an Outside Director who is eligible to
               receive retirement benefits hereunder.


                                       2
<PAGE>


          (h)  "Surviving Spouse" means the lawful spouse of a Participant on
               the date of a benefit first becomes payable to such Participant
               in accordance with the Plan.

          (i)  "Termination Date" means the date of a Participant's termination
               from service as a director by retirement, resignation, discharge
               or otherwise.

     3. ELIGIBILITY. Any person (i) who has been elected and served as an
Outside Director for two years or more subsequent to the Effective Date of the
Plan (or any current Outside Director who after the Effective Date of the Plan
has been nominated for reelection, agreed to stand for reelection, and failed to
be reelected) and (ii) whose years of service as an Outside Director plus age
equals or exceeds 75 shall be a Participant in the Plan. In addition, any person
(iii) who is an Outside Director at the time of a Change of Control or (iv) who
ceases to be an Outside Director by reason of Disability shall be a Participant
in the Plan. Any Outside Director who has been removed for Cause regardless of
length of service shall not be a Participant in the Plan and shall have no
rights to benefits hereunder. For purposes of clause (ii) of this Section 3, a
Participant's years of service as a director or trustee of the Bank or any
predecessor of the Bank prior to the Effective Date of the Plan shall be counted
as years of service as an Outside Director.

     4. BENEFITS. A Participant shall be paid an Annual Retirement Benefit, in
equal monthly installments commencing upon his or her Termination Date, for the
number of months equal to the lessor of; (i) the number of months the
Participant has served as an Outside Director, or (ii) 120 months; provided,
however, that in the event of a Change of Control, a Participant shall be paid
such Annual Retirement Benefit in a cash lump sum equal to the remaining monthly
installments that would be owed to the Participant if the Participant lived to
receive all benefits payable to such Participant under this Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no benefits may be paid to a Participant if a
formal cease and desist order has been entered by the Office of Thrift
Supervision or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that requires such
Participant to cease participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank.

     5. DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT. If a Participant dies, then, except as hereafter
provided with respect to a Surviving Spouse, all benefits payable hereunder
shall cease and such Participant's beneficiaries, heirs or assigns shall have no
right to any benefit hereunder.

     If a Participant dies with a Surviving Spouse, the Surviving Spouse shall
be paid the following amount, in equal monthly installments, commencing upon the
first day of the month following the Participant's death:


                                       3
<PAGE>


     (i)  if the Participant died while in service as a director, the Surviving
          Spouse shall be paid the Annual Retirement Benefit the Participant
          would have received if the date of his death had been his Termination
          Date; or

     (ii) if on the date of his death the Participant was receiving payment of
          an Annual Retirement Benefit under the Plan, the Surviving Spouse
          shall be paid the balance of the monthly benefit installments the
          Participant would have received if he had lived to receive the entire
          Annual Retirement Benefit payable to the Participant under Section 4.

     All payments under this Section 5 shall cease upon the death of a Surviving
Spouse. If a Participant is predeceased by a Surviving Spouse, all benefits
under the Plan shall cease upon the death of a Participant.

     In the event of a Change of Control, each Surviving Spouse hereunder shall
receive a cash lump sum benefit equal to the remaining monthly installments
otherwise payable to such Surviving Spouse under this Section.

     6. UNFUNDED ARRANGEMENT. This Plan shall be an unfunded arrangement, and
shall not relate to any specific funds of the Bank. Payments of benefits due
under the Plan shall be made from the general assets of the Bank, and a Director
shall have only the rights of an unsecured creditor of the Bank with respect
thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank shall have the right in its
sole discretion to provide for the funding of payments required to be made
hereunder through a trust or otherwise.

     7. ADMINISTRATION. This Plan shall be administered by the Board of
Directors of the Bank, who shall have full authority to interpret the Plan and
make all factual determinations necessary therefor. No member of the Board of
Directors shall be liable for any act done or determination made in good faith.
The construction and interpretation of any provision of the Plan by the Board of
Directors, and a determination by the Board of Directors of the amount of any
Participant's benefit under the Plan, shall be final and conclusive.

     8. AMENDMENT. The Board of Directors may amend, modify, suspend or
terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that any amendment,
modification, suspension or termination shall not affect the rights of
Participants to benefits which have accrued prior to the date of amendment.


                                       4
<PAGE>


     9. NON-ALIENATION. No Outside Director (or Surviving Spouse or estate of an
Outside Director) shall have the power to transfer, assign, anticipate, mortgage
or otherwise encumber any rights or any amounts payable hereunder; nor shall any
such rights or payments be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts,
judgements, alimony, or separate maintenance, or be transferable by operation of
law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or otherwise.

     10. GOVERNING LAW. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of
New York, without reference to conflicts of law principles.


                                       5



                                AMENDMENT TO THE
                         FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                             EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST
                       (Effective as of November 18, 1997)



     The  TRUST  AGREEMENT  dated as of June 28,  1994 by and  between  Flushing
Financial  Corporation and J.P. Morgan Trust Company of Delaware, as Trustee, is
hereby amended as follows, effective as of November 18, 1997.

     1. The first sentence of Section 3.2 is hereby amended to read as follows:

         Available Shares shall be distributed by the Trustee to the Plans then
         listed on  Exhibit  A or to  employees  pursuant  to the terms of such
         Plans at the  direction  of the Board of  Directors of the Bank or the
         Board of  Directors  of the  Company or any  committee  of either such
         Board  composed  solely of directors who satisfy the  requirements  of
         Rule 16b-3 under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  (either  such
         Board of  Directors  or such  committee  hereafter  referred to as the
         "Committee")  or to an  officer  of  the  Company  designated  by  the
         Committee (a "Designated  Officer"),  to the extent  indicated in such
         designation.

     2.  Section  8.4 is  hereby  amended  by  deleting  the  phrase  "Qualified
Employees  of the  Company  and/or  the Bank" and  replacing  it with the phrase
"Qualified Employees."

     3. Section 9.3 is hereby amended to read as follows:

          9.3  QUALIFIED  EMPLOYEES.  For  purposes of this Trust  Agreement,  a
     "Qualified  Employee" means any full time employee of the Company, the Bank
     or a  Participating  Employer (as defined below) who has completed at least
     one year of service  within 30 days prior to the date on which the  Company
     or the Trustee solicits instructions or consents pursuant to Section 4.4 or
     8.1, or, for  purposes of Section 8.4, who has  completed at least one year
     of service  within 30 days prior to the date of termination of the Trust. A
     Participating  Employer shall mean any direct or indirect subsidiary of the
     Company  or the Bank  which  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  has
     designated a "Participating Employer" for purposes of this Trust Agreement.

     4. Exhibit A to the Trust  Agreement is hereby amended by changing the name
of the first plan listed from  "Flushing  Financial  Corporation  401(k) Savings
Incentive  Plan" to  "Flushing  Savings  Bank,  FSB 401(k)  Savings  Plan in RSI
Retirement Trust."


                                       1
<PAGE>


     5. Except as expressly  provided  above,  the terms of the Trust  Agreement
dated as of June 28, 1994 shall continue in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company and the Trustee have caused this Amendment
to the Trust Agreement to be signed by their authorized officers effective as of
the date first above written.

                                         FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION



                                         By:   /s/ ANNA M. PIACENTINI
                                            ------------------------------------
                                         Title: Senior Vice President



                                         J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY
                                             OF DELAWARE, as Trustee



                                         By:   /s/ DAVID A. DIAMOND
                                            ------------------------------------
                                         Title:  Vice President


                                       2
<PAGE>


                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
                                 ---------------



FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
STATE OF NEW YORK               )
                                :ss.:
COUNTY OF QUEENS                )


        On  the  12th  day  of  December,   1997,   before  me  personally  came
        Anna  M.  Piacentini,  to  me  known,  who  being  by me duly sworn, did
        depose and say that she resides at 34-21 200th Street, Bayside, New York
        11361;  that she is the Senior Vice President of Flushing  Savings Bank,
        the organization  described in and which executed the above  instrument;
        that she knows the seal of said  organization;  that the seal affixed to
        said  instrument  is such  seal;  that it was so affixed by order of the
        board of  directors of said  organization,  and that she signed his name
        thereto to by like order.

SEAL:                                        /s/ ANNA I. DEMARCO
                                           -------------------------------------

                                           Notary Public of State of New York 

                                           My Commission Expires 10/16/2019



J.P. Morgan Trust Company of Delaware
STATE OF DELAWARE               )
                                :ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE            )


        On the  18th day of December,  1997,  before me personally came David A.
        Diamond, to me known, who being by me duly sworn,  did  depose  and  say
        that  he  resides  at  Newark,  Delaware;  that  he  is  Vice  President
        of J.P. Morgan Trust Company of Delaware,  the organization described in
        and  which  executed  the  above  instrument;  that he knows the seal of
        said  organization;  that the seal  affixed to said  instrument  is such
        seal;  that it was so affixed by order of the board of directors of said
        organization, and that [s]he signed his name thereto by like order.

SEAL:                                        /s/ KATHLEEN M. SCZUBELEK
                                           -------------------------------------

                                           Notary Public of Delaware

                                           My Commission Expires________________


                                       3


                          AMENDMENT TO TULLY AGREEMENT



     This  Amendment  to  the  Agreement  dated  as of  December  1,  1995  (the
"Agreement") is entered into as of July 1, 1997 between  Flushing  Savings Bank,
FSB (the "Bank"),  Flushing Financial  Corporation (the "Company") and Gerard P.
Tully, Sr. ("Mr. Tully").


                                   WITNESSETH:

     The Agreement is amended as set forth herein;

     1. Section 3 of the Agreement is hereby  amended by replacing the aggregate
fee per month to be $7,083.33.

     2. The amendment set forth in paragraph 1 hereof shall be effective July 1,
1997 and except as amended by paragraph 1 hereof,  the Agreement shall remain in
effect in accordance with its terms.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mr. Tully and the Bank have caused this Amendment to be
executed on this 15th day of July, 1997.



                                          FLUSHING SAVINGS BANK, FSB


                                          By  /s/ JAMES F. MCCONNELL
                                             -----------------------------------



                                          FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                          By   /s/ MICHAEL J. HEGARTY
                                             -----------------------------------

                                               /s/ GERARD P. TULLY, SR.
                                             -----------------------------------



[LOGO] COOPERS                               Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.     
       & LYBRAND                             a professional services firm 
                                             




CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of
Flushing Financial Corporation on Form S-8 No. 33-98202 and Form S-8 No.
333-3878, of our report dated February 19, 1998, on our audits of the
consolidated financial statements and financial statment schedules of Flushing
Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, which report is
included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Flushing Financial Corporation.



/s/COOPERS and LYBRAND L.L.P.
COOPERS and LYBRAND L.L.P.



New York, New York
March 26, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     9
<LEGEND>
This  schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
Condensed  Consolidated  Statement of  Financial  Condition at December 31, 1997
(Audited) and the Condensed  Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended
December  31, 1997  (Audited)  and is  qualified in its entirety by reference to
such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                  1,000
       
<S>                                                       <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                                  12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                         DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                            JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                              DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                                          5,515
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                                          2,743
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                               82,095
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                                    0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                                   356,712
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                                              0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                                0
<LOANS>                                                       604,895
<ALLOWANCE>                                                     6,474
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                              1,088,476
<DEPOSITS>                                                    655,911
<SHORT-TERM>                                                   30,000
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                             8,934
<LONG-TERM>                                                   257,187
                                               0
                                                         0
<COMMON>                                                           89
<OTHER-SE>                                                    136,354
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                              1,088,476
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                                42,062
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                              23,073
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                                1,731
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                               66,866
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                             26,566
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                             34,795
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                                          32,071
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                                     104
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                                 67
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                                16,728
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                                15,306
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                                     15,306
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                     0
<CHANGES>                                                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                                    8,531
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                    1.20
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                    1.18
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                                   7.80
<LOANS-NON>                                                     2,458
<LOANS-PAST>                                                        0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                                    0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                                     0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                                5,437
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                                     206
<RECOVERIES>                                                      160
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                               6,474
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                            6,474
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                                 0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                                         6,474
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission